Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 211

UIO 966 s 2 83 M9 - 2E

Operation &Maintenance Manual


Instruction •

Precaution in safety.
Configuration and structure of SELFJECTOR
• Multi-Monitor
Manual • How to start and stop
• How to disassemble and reassemble
• Maintenance and checkup procedure
• Trouble shooting

MITSUBISHI

GENIUS-SERIES

GIE- 1301 -0MM


IMPORTANCE
The manual is edited for treating mineral oils such as
for purifying fuel oil or lubricating oil.

NOTE: You are kindly requested not to modify anything on MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR and its
accessories without maker's approval.
When you cannot solve the problems by yourselves, please contact the following
address.

Selfjector Service Group, Kawasaki Works


Mitsubishi Kakoki Kaisha, L TO.
2-1 Ohkawa-cho, Kawasakiku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, Japan T210-8560
Tel. +81-44-333-5364 Fax. +81-44-355-4579
E-Mail mkkparts@kakoki.co.jp

NOTE: You are kindly requested not to make use of the imitation parts on MITSUBISHI
SELFJECTOR and its accessories so as not to make troubles.
The maker does not take the responsibility for the troubles caused by it.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual


& WARNING
The instruction manual is a guidebook for using the self discharge type oil purifier,
MITSUBISHI SELFJECTOR GENIUS SERIES (hereinafter referred to as
SELFJECTOR).
SELFJECTOR is a fast rotating centrifugal machine. Before using it, understand
details of the manual sufficiently.
Handle it safely and so as to fully exhibit the function of SELFJECTOR.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual


The composition of instruction manual for SELFJECTOR is as follows.
The present manual is Part 2 "Operation & maintenance manual ...

Use each manual according to the particular purpose to sufficiently understand


the information.

CD: Design Engineer (2): Installer @: Engine Engineer


Intended
t
m Manual Description Reader
c..
CDCZl®
1 Outline of fitting-out Aboard Information for transportation, handling and storage of the
machine
0 0
Instructions for installation and dimensions

2 Operation & Maintenarict:r*


Manual " · · '

3 Operation Manual 3A Precautions for safety


Function, operation and maintenance information on 0
automatic control anel G8C-1 & G8C-2
Operation Manual 38 Precautions for safety
Function, operation and maintenance information on 0
automatic control panel GSH-1

NOTE
The Part 3 manuals (Operation Manuals 3A & 38) deal with the following types of the automatic
control systems. When you purchase the SELFJECTOR controlled by one of these control
systems, the associated operation manual of Part 4 will be supplied.
Automatic control systems: GBC-1, GBC-2, GSH-1

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual


CONTENTS

Section 1 Structure
5.2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) .................... 5-4
1 PRECAUTIONS IN SAFETY ........................ 1-1
5.2.1 General ........................................................... 5-4
1.1 Symbols related to safety ............................. 1-1
5.2.2 Operating principle .......................................... 5-4
1.2 Labels for safety ........................................... 1-2
5.2.3 LED display ..................................................... 5-6
1.3 Safety precautions ....................................... 1-3
5.2.4 Adjustment ...................................................... 5-6
1.4 Definition of terms ........................................ 1-6
5.3 Discharge Detector Function (DD) ................ 5-7
2 COMPONENT DEVICES OF OIL PURIFYING 5.3.1 Total discharge detection function ................... 5-7
SYSTEM ........................................................... 2-1 5.3.2 Operating principle .......................................... 5-7
2.1 Kinds (specifications) of oil purifying system. 2-1 5.3.3 Partial discharge detection function (GSH-1) 5-7
2.2 Component devices ..................................... 2-3 5.3.4 Operating principle .......................................... 5-7
2.2.1 Starter ............................................................. 2-3 5.3.5 Rotation display and No-Discharge display ..... 5-8
2.2.2 Control panel. .................................................. 2-3 5.4 Water Detector Function (WD) ..................... 5-9
2.2.3 Alarm panel ..................................................... 2-3 5.4.1 Operating principle .......................................... 5-9
2.2.4 Solenoid valves unit for operating water ......... 2-3 5.4.2 Water detection display ................................... 5-9
2.2.5 Feed valve ...................................................... 2-3 5.4.3 Selection of switch ......................................... 5-1 0
2.2.6 3-way solenoid valve ....................................... 2-4
2.2. 7 Multi- Monitor (MM) ......................................... 2-4
Section 2 Running
2.2.8 Gear pump ...................................................... 2-4
2.2.9 Oil heater ........................................................ 2-4 6 PREPARATION BEFORE IT RUNNING ...... G-1
2.2.10 Motor ............................................................. 2-4 6.1 Lubrication Oil .............................................. 6-1
6.1.1 Oil quantity ...................................................... 6-1
3 STRUCTURE OF SELFJECTOR ................. 3-1
6.1.2 Optimum viscosity ............................................ 6-2
3.1 General ........................................................ 3-1
6.1 .3 Recommended brands .................................... 6-2
3.2 Drive unit ..................................................... 3-1
6.2 Feed Rate .................................................... 6-3
3.2.1 Vertical shaft section ....................................... 3-1
6.3 Treating Temperature ................................... 6-4
3.2.2 Horizontal shaft section ................................... 3-2
6.4 Gravity Disc ................................................. 6-5
3.2.3 Brake ............................................................... 3-2
6.4.1 Supplied gravity discs ...................................... 6-5
3.2.4 Friction clutch .................................................. 3-2
6.4.2 Gravity disc selection procedure ..................... 6-6
3.3 Bowl. ............................................................ 3-3
6.5 Water quality, pressure and volume of water used ..... 6-35
3.3.1 Structure of bowl ............................................. 3-3
6.5.1 Operating water quality ................................. 6-36
3.3.2 Discharge mechanism ..................................... 3-4
6.5.2 Setting pressure of operating water ............... 6-36
3.4 Water supplying device ................................ 3-6
6.5.3 Amount of water used ................................... 6-37
3.5 Centripetal pump .......................................... 3-6
6.6 Sludge Discharge Interval .......................... 6-38
4 OPERATION MODE OF SELFJECTOR ...... 4-1 6.6.1 Discharge Interval (Total discharge) .............. 6-38
4.1 Operation mode of Fuel oil treatment. ........... 4-1 6.6.2 Discharge Interval (HIDENS specification) .... 6-39
4.2 Purifier operation .......................................... 4-2
7 SETTING OF MULTI MONITOR ................... 7-1
4.3 Clarifier operation ......................................... 4-3
7.1 Switch and memory for setting ..................... 7-1
4.4 HI DENS system ........................................... 4-4
7.1.1 Switch for setting ............................................. 7-1
5 MULTI-MONITOR ......................................... S-1 7.1.2 Default of Setting Value ................................... 7-2
5.1 General ........................................................ 5-1 7.1.3 Setting change of memory .............................. 7-3
5.1.1 Kind of Multi-Monitor ....................................... 5-2 7.2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM) .................... 7-4
5.1.2 Identification and Location of Multi-Monitor 7.2.1 Setting Up the Leakage Monitor Function ....... 7-4
s~w~ .................................................................... 5~ 7.2.2 Setting of Memory ........................................... 7-5
5.1.3 Display function of Multi-Monitor ..................... 5-3 7.2.3 Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment ......... 7-6
5.1.4 Precautions in handling ................................... 5-4 7.2.4 Checking Timer Setting after Start of Feeding. 7-7

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual


7.3 Discharge Detector Function ........................ 7-8 Section 3 Maintenance
7.3.1 Switch for setting................. . ... 7-8
10 DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY ..... 10-1
7.3.2 Setting up the Partial Discharge Function ... 7-10
10.1 Disassembly ............................................. 10-1
7.4 Water Detector Function (WD) ................... 7-14
10.1.1 Sludge Cover............... . .. 10-3
7.4.1 Switch for setting.. ... .. .... .. .. . ... 7-14
10.1.2 Bowl......................... . ........................ 10-5
7.4.2 Setting of Memory...... .... . . .................... 7-15
10.1.3 Horizontal shaft ... ..... 10-16
7.4.3 Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve .... 7-15
10 1.4 Water supplying device . 10-22
7.4.4 Setting Up the Electrostatic Capacity Type
10.1.5 Vertical shaft. ... ....... 10-25
Water Detector... . .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ... .. .. ... . . .......... 7-16
10.1.6 Gear pump...... .................. 10-29
8 OPERATION ................................................. 8-1 10.2 Reassembly ........................................... 10-31
8.1 Inspections Prior to Running ........................ 8-1 10.2.1 Bowl .............. . ······················· ..... 10-32
8.1.1 Pipe connections........... . .... 8-1 10.2.2 Vertical shaft... ..... . .... 10-35
8.1.2 Electrical wiring ...... 8-1 10.2.3 Water supplying device ............ . ....... 10-36
8.1.3 Flushing ...... . ...... 8-1 10.2.4 Horizontal shaft .... . ...... 10-36
8.1.4 Inspections prior to running (confirmation) ...... 8-2 10.2. 5 Reassembly of trap ...................... . . 10-38
8.2 Start-Up ....................................................... 8-4 10.2.6 Gear pump ................................... . ..... 10-39
8.2.1 Precautions on start-up.. . ...... 8-4
11 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION
8.3 Stop ............................................................. 8-4
PROCEDURES .............................................. 11-1
8.3.1 Precautions on stop. . ............................ 8-4
11.1 Routine checks ........................................ 11-1
8.4 Automatic Specification (GBC-1, GBC-2) ...... 8-5
11.2 Lubricant replacement intervals ................ 11-2
84.1 Start-up.......... . .. .. ... .. ..... .. ... . ... ... .. .. .. ....... 8-6
11.3 Instructions for Use of Synthesized Lubricant... 11-3
8.4.2 Stop. . . . .. .. .. . .... .. . . .. 8-8
11.4 Expendable parts replacement intervals ... 11-4
8.5 Automatic Specification (GSH-1) .................. 8-9
11.5 Bowl opening intervals (guidelines) ........... 11-6
8.5.1Start-up .................................... 8-10
11.6 Overhaul (guidelines) ............................... 11-6
8.5.2Stop ............. .................... 8-13
8.6 Manual Specification (GAP-11) .................. 8-14 12 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION
8.6.1 Start-up ..................... . . ..... 8-15 PROCEDURES FOR MAJOR PARTS .......... 12-1
8.6.2 Stop .... 8-18 12.1 Bearing replacement intervals .................. 12-1
8.7 Manual Specification .................................. 8-20 12.2 Bowl. ........................................................ 12-1
8. 7.1 Start-up . .. .. .. ... ..... .. .. .. . ... .. ... .. .. .. 8-21 12.2.1 Corrosion of bowl .. ........ 12-1
8.7.2 Stop.. ... .... ........... ................... 8-24 12.2.2 Corrective steps for corrosion .. . ... 12-2
8.8 Manual operative method of Automatic 12.2.3 Disc... . ... . .. .. .... ... .. ... ...................... 12-2
Specification .................................................... 8-26 12.2.4 Bowl body................ ................... .... 12-3
8.8.1 Start-up. . .. . ... .. ... . . 8-27 12.2.5 Bowl hood .. . .... 12-3
8.8.2 Stop.. ... . . .................... 8-31 12.2.6 Main seal ring ...... . . ........ 12-4
8.8.3 Appendix table ................... 8-32 12.2.7 Distributor ..... 12-4
8. 9 The main point of change over Operating Mode ........ 8-33 12.2.8 Various types of 0 rings of bowl ..... 12-4
8.9.1 It changes from HI DENS Operation to Purifier Operation .......... 8-33 12.2.9 Main cylinder..... ................ 12-5
8. 9.2 It changes from Purifier Operation to HIDENS Operation ........... 8-34 12.2.1 0 Pilot valve assembly.... .. . .. .. ... . ... .. . . ........ 12-5
12.3 Vertical shaft system ................................ 12-6
9 SUSPENSION ............................................... 9-1
12.3.1 Vertical shaft............ .. .. . . .. . .. . ...... 12-6
9.1 Preparations for Suspension ........................ 9-1
12.3.2 Upper springs ............. . . ........ 12-6
9.2 Maintenance during Suspension .................. 9-2
12.3.3 Lower bearing block .. . ... ··············· ........ 12-7
9.2.1 Purifier main body and mechanical components .... 9-2
12.3.4 Flat spring ... 12-7
9.2.2 Electrical component.... .. .. . .. .. ... .. .. . ...... 9-2
12.3.5 Steel ball ............ . . .......... 12-7
9.3 Resuming Operation .................................... 9-2
12.3.6 Lower spring .................................... . . ... 12-7
9.4 Other ........................................................... 9-2
12.3. 7 Height of vertical shaft ............. . . ....... 12-8
12.3.8 Installed height of flat spring
(adjustment of spacer) ................ . .... 12-8

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual


12.4 Horizontal shaft system ............................ 12-9 14.12 Accessories .......................................... 14-14
12.4.1 Spiral gear ................................................... 12-9 14.12.1 Solenoid valve unit for the operating water .... 14-14
12.4.2 Horizontal shaft ........................................... 12-9 14.12.2 Solenoid valve for water .......................... 14-14
12.4.3 Collar ........................................................... 12-9 14.12.3 Feed valve ............................................... 14-14
12.4.4 Friction clutch ............................................ 12-10 14.12.4 Leakage Monitor function (LM) of Multi-Monitor ..... 14-15
12.4.5 Friction pulley ............................................ 12-10 14.12.5 Discharge Detector function (DD) of Multi-Monitor .. 14-17
12.5 Gear pump ............................................. 12-10 14.12.6 Water Detector function (WD) of Multi-Monitor ...... 14-18
12.5.1 Safetyjoint ................................................ 12-10
12.5.2 Drive gear, driven gear and bush .............. 12-10
12.5.3 Valve stem ................................................ 12-10
12.6 Lubricant ................................................ 12-11
12.7 Brake equipment .................................... 12-11
12.8 Water supplying device .......................... 12-11
12.9 Inspection of Multi-Monitor for Function .. 12-12
12.9.1 Leakage Monitor (LM) ............................... 12-12
12.9.2 Discharge Detector (DD) ........................... 12-12
12.9.3 Water Detector (WD) ................................. 12-12

13 PERIODIC INSPECTION CHART ............ 13-1


14 CAUSES OF TROUBLES AND
CORRECTIVE STEPS ................................... 14-1
14.1 Alarms ..................................................... 14-1
14.1.1 Types of alarms ........................................... 14-1
14.1.2 Alarm indications ......................................... 14-2
14.1.3 Processing sequence after occurrence of alarm ........ 14-4
14.1.4 Self-diagnostic function of detectors ........... 14-5
14.2 Occurrence of oil leakage ......................... 14-7
14.2.1 Check the flow rates of valve closing operating
water and sealing water ......................................... 14-7
14.2.2 Checks to perform by disassembling bowl .. 14-8
14.2.3 Checks to perform by disassembling water
supplying device .................................................... 14-8
14.2.4 Other ........................................................... 14-8
14.3 Occurrence of abnormal vibration ........... 14-10
14.3.1 Check for unbalance in the bowl. .............. 14-10
14.3.2 Checking for defects in vertical shaft system ... 14-1 0
14.3.3 Checking for defects in horizontal shaft system 14-10
14.4 Does not discharge sludge even if discharge
procedures are performed .............................. 14-12
14.5 Mixed flow of water toward light liquid outlet.. 14-12
14.6 Low feeding rate or not fed at all. ............ 14-12
14.7 Gear oil mixed with water ....................... 14-13
14.8 Poor separation ...................................... 14-13
14.9 Low speed ............................................. 14-13
14.10 Sludge unevenly accumulated in bowl .. 14-13
14.11 Mixed flow of oil toward heavy liquid outlet .. 14-14

.JusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual Operation & Maintenance Manual


Section 1 Structure

1 Precautions in safety

For correct use, carefully read the "Precautions in safety" beforehand.

Precautions in safety given in the instruction manual are intended for safely and correctly using the
product and avoiding danger or damage to user. Carefully read the precautions and do not operate,
maintain or handle SELFJECTOR before you are fully versed in them.

1.1 Sym bois related to safety


In the manual, precautions are headed by the following marks. Be sure to observe them because they
are important for ensuring the safety.

ffi DANGER: indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not heeded, will result in
death or serious injury.

ffi WARNING: indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not heeded, could result in
death or serious injury.

ffi CAUTION: indicates a hazardous situation which, if not heeded, may result in minor or
moderate injury or damage to the Selfjector or facilities.

NOTE: indicate precautionary instructions that given contain what must be done
without fail and what should be kept in mind as a guide in operating
SELFJECTOR and doing related work.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
1.2 Labels for safety

There are 4 different labels for safety.


The one shown in Pic. 1 is put in the spare part box. After fitting-out aboard, the person in charge of
installation is requested to attach it on an easily visible place near SELFJECTOR.
Pic 3, Pic 2, Pic. 4 are factory attached direct on SELFJECTOR. Do not smear them by painting but
keep them visible at all times.
Safety labels are available any time. Request them as required.

vi:O).:;i~ SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS


~~5 ~ \v'ARNING ~~5
t!JI,IJ:h ?~OJ0t:1itil!lii!!!ilfi!::~l) lh• II* of S[IJ ICTIJI molm ot ligh SjX'ed, ;t UIIL<J•H~liliiB~
*~t.;i,!i.,1JffiiiJ<tV1'. !JIJtli~I~~H:. COUSE'S!reo.tcl'!ltrif~lfcn:e.fot'flSUreyour ~.111Etln&1ii1l, !IJ!Iff
*~~~lr.~~~~~+~~n~~n o*nsofety,hlrdefthcii?Cilutirli'lqx>ro.ti:rl, ;y;~, 1tlM!!, I~Ht. !U!
"Cb>o}, -tOJp;jl"f!::)tb"C, i~·st!W· diso.ssellb\i"g, meNJlilg, 110.i"'Wnonce o.nd inspectOI rOU!t:~ifM!VI;!'fll IIHn&
lA!l!l<lli'f~lilHJ;I<C H' "• ilnccardance+ith theinstrucUon books. lt'syru ~~.liKitlilfl*Ul!Rilfi,
o*nlilty to reod the> nstru:ti:Jll:nj(s coreful!y. Ma ,JUO.i:lltlRI:411f'f.
I. !llillil\:il~fi?cl'~~~. I. PerforM asseMbling perfectly. I. ll!l.;li!Kll\:1!. li'l.
""'~' ?1tt~<~~~~~~i!l'h0. SllflCTIJIIosrony j»tsbySCITjs ~~~fi~~IIUU~,ITH~
tl.tttlii'Jt:IUtf:fH~A:il~'.i.M.·wu:tf Aftercoofirfling thot these jrintsorptightened -:flli!n~S!I£1!!~!1.
ate <H<•. ~#•H+fl~U!rilnc cQIII•t.ty, stort S[IJJ[[JIJR. ~ih "!!'nl to soch llU~.~IQftH,I.~~
;J;;!:tll-rHl1',tf}:!I~L'F~~l, IUi.l*!f. p!lrtsostxrtt~tiththl>to.llyrnrk,nnkesll"E' li:I!~QA;iUfrtrt~m~
IP-?G'li.I~.!A.~!~'?\lllt, oi-1<-?t.'-Ot., tocCW'Ifir" that thE>SE'Mrksnre i'lcci'lcOm::efith 8114,JUU~-tlliW~'t!:~
"nl~.:.tti12t.. tH~I. t.iti. 0£1*1., t-t eochotm. Espi>Cinlly if the tolly Mrk isn't in the !lilt. iii~ ,EUilli.GHU!fl, \
tl"ttt:::QI.:. *7-?ii;;#<ftLi6t'll~lt. ri'jltpositi:tl(J?O.tlyoftprbtJf\llii~UjltE'!'l'd, tn£tt2rt~11liU!II!IXiJ.~.
'::'Hhil~~t:l;l-t:J.rtl!.l6!~ :llll~~~. conto.ct us IX cu service O[)l'flt. :ilihW'~~I§Illfilll\!illl.f:. \
2. tilllfiHI>B1~HI~~ilVtHI>, 2.StopiMM~dii\~lyjh~nvliri\ionisgreot. 2. l!lllll>\01,1AlliPU. \ Pic 3
lifttl\'*$<t.;:d;:~lj;, k7•J:/llllltttf. lfexcessivPvtro.ticnoco.rs,Meclotelyst'9 ;li~lltr:llltil*!ij· i\1'1
B'"""'~' ?H~tc<H<>, Sllf1CTER~tlw1sl~ilsclnrgp. ~~JlB[, nw~-. *iiW \
t.;t;, -t0~t~t:Jti!~f9.d:U~.:t:Hi~Vt Mt~confirl'lingSELflCT~I»sc~etedstoppilg, ;iU8:~i:Ridl, flilll.tH}.W,
\
tr>.;stAt ~t! . .Q/Hfit.l.,!'f~~~.

l\:ii~I$J!:ct:~U:!i'-'J~t:
procre:ltocisosSE'I'tiing.dewingordin'ljX'CtiOn.
3. After confirMing coMplete stop, 3. Ui?imllll\:~~llli.
lf!MHl!U:I'fl:.
\
WARNING
3,
Jl'~!li!1Hi;!'HH~>.
l!Jrffi;OJI:it:.:b'iti:~lftt..t:::.:ttillli
l,Ttr>>;.8rJ&tfltJ, stR;t~l';lt'"F~~~.
r.;t;, Dti.tli~i~<:~tt...t.:tJ>E?JI'tL ~tr
then loosen the ports. i'illlil'*lll·
Aftercoofirning thot th!lxrfllllscll'flletPly
s\cw:tlrrnivi"g,loosenthl>pnrtsnrdcisosS(INjp,
Also,fhE>thero-not~y(MOlho.sst~cavetely
amDDlllnllbftilf.tl:,
1iaJI&IIIti.lll:&lti:"SI,sti11Ut
1. !ill!~fiUI,aJ~:UUil
\
\
cLhD
~Al:t:

t')"Jtltti(!)l~fl C'!iillf.J 1J~~~11 conbllcoofimedby tregec.rpunpondln'izontol ~Uillltw.!iU~!II C'!iiiUl \


fl0fti1JJ7 :;-r{fi:TPtt. shnftcomectKln<so.fety jiltl,cr th~I'IJ\IX' f~ 'iifUJJt!l!r.li!.S;&T~fi.W.
llftllii~cJl(~:: (J)'j-;> ')~
\ ~~Jryl~
lil!IHH>Tl';!! t>,
4, ij,~li:i:!~t:l!!~l!bll'~~~. 4. Handle ports carefully. 4. :i!~Uii~lii!!J!m!Hl.
t!'JI,IJ:JI ?9UM!:liG'f1'0t'. i&"l!~ AsSElflCi!Riso.~on11ndine, tMcoutions "~IIIU!i'l!ll, litl:riliJt \ DO NOT OPEN THIS PLUG
t:iVtJI~-ti!lti~J.:?, l!il:lll:!~~~<:;:;.tl i'lhondlf'gcmfullyti'ef)lrtstoo.vci:l~ct ~Biff'1121lf;tU:JW. ABSDLUTEL Y DURING A
H<•,1<<gUiilfoiDU. OUiiWl [S[lf(;ol~novpri'<lltSElfJ[CIIllliojiOOdy,OOjliolo MlmU~IYlU <DR~.
\ SLUDGE DISCHARGE PROCESS.
t&:k-r:Mt...t.:fJ. iHII'f~.:tU.fJ~~Itl1 cronyotm'OCJtlports~thookfdfronr.fn:l l'lfver ISISI!:jti:l, t:n:W.IIl:kllliilfl \ mi~ij~. l~•n~•oor~.
T"F~~1. co.rryruto.nyfelci'gtt"<s Cflthrbo~ports. lfliiHi.
5. lliJitf.>!iJitl~ :a~ t:H ~~. 5. Toke caution against corrosion 5. :i!I!!IUilii!IIIHI'i:. \
i'!IIS'l<~A~U"HIIil"?'''R~ and erosion. UMiiUnUM6!1l \ \
t.,T'F~~lo .:1'$1'l~i:?PT!L ~Uh~ PProi:ol~clfdl11l!'OO,_,~,rrt~H!rf'DSD11l'PrOSKn t:t. l&llH~~~. ~~<$:
~l!:'1-t'~fU!.I!i:it'tr::l~l'8'tl'tfl~~l. lfo.nycp?Stkrl,ccntactiJSor tvsen1:eo~1. i~9ili!F;Ii!&UiUN:. \ \ Pic 2
6. {Olffll 6. Oth~rs 6. ~Ill \ \
c 1 Jft~iiH<.~~f!l'it/JS0;ltttl,tH'Il, <!lBefcre<isasseN:fr.g,Mke~etopoWer off c Jl SfM'f'ri:IF1, iUh)tJJili.ti
U.storter. ~~IYlU. \ \
121 ~~!li!Ct'U~t~tH:f.U~H~ft. QllncoseofSP[>lrol'l!ciffprpnjlq>jfro~o-'9nol 121 ~MUH!iHilil \ \
"HIJil\111t;t-t:J..f:::I!J&itt>~W*'btt rn?~hichta,splonedo.tilrst,plroseccntQct li::f~lij, IA~*i6!iii
l~~~. us CJ" our s~rvir~ ngent limiiQIO~~. \ \
(3) Oti.I'-~1~5'JJ.IIIl't..TIJI)li'tG'lt', IJlSi<ethPbojlhost.enodjlstPdtot.lxllont•d. 131 DBBttmtm~nug,
t.:tUJ-Qfltl;? l{,~tii*OJNG'l ilorot mtprciongeil'ec"'l"""nlsoftt.liojl ~l!,UU-III.~!M \ \
AMUtU~tt!:i}t.U>t.WT"F~~l. ~th nny other SELf ICTIR mn i'l th1 cose or 1'fXll~I1A;~~BII4.
tt.so,...._
\ \
\ \
\ \
Pic.1 \ \
\ \
\ \
\ \
\

WARNING
!Ji$;~!:!::
"" I D .... ....
• .... ....
....
Pic.4

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
1.3 Safety precautions

&wARNING
The bowl of SELFJECTOR produces a large centrifugal force when it is rotating. Wrong handling is very
dangerous. Pay utmost attention according to the manual for operation, disassembly, reassembly,
maintenance, checkup, etc. Use of non-genuine parts might damage SELFJECTOR or impair human
safety. Be sure to employ genuine parts.

o Perform assembling perfectly.


SELFJECTOR has many joints by screws. After confirming that these joints are tightened completely,
start SELFJECTOR. With regard to such parts as bowl provided with the tally mark, make sure to
confirm that these marks are in the same direction with each other.
Doubly make sure of secure tightening particularly of:

(A) Bowl nut


(B) Disk nut
(C) Cap nut of Vertical shaft
(D) Set bolt of Sludge cover
(E) Lock nut (hexagon) of Inlet pipe

Be sure that all parts which have tally marks parts are aligned.
If the tally mark is excessively mis-aligned when the Bowl nut is tightened, contact our company or
service agency.

o Stop immediately when vibration is excessive.


Vibration of SELFJECTOR is caused by unbalance, ship oscillation,
SELFJECTOR installation, etc. If the vibration is excessive,
immediately stop SELFJECTOR without discharging sludge.
Then, check for the cause and take necessary corrective action
to ensure safety before restarting SELFJECTOR.
To be more specific, if the vibration at the point A of Fig. 1-1
exceeds 100 JJ. m (peak to peak) at rated speed, stop
SELFJECTOR.
Even if readings are below 100 JJ. m, continuous cruising ship
vibrations 4-5 times higher than registered when external
vibrating forces are small, such as when the main engine is not
in operation, could adversely affect the durability of
SELFJECTOR. In such case, stop SELFJECTOR immediately.
Then, check for the cause and take necessary corrective action
to ensure safety before restarting SELFJECTOR as described
above. Fig. 1-1

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
ill wARNING

• After confirming complete stop, then loosen the parts.


After confirming that the bowl has completely stopped rotating, loosen the parts and disassemble. Also,
whether or not rotation has stopped completely can be confirmed from the gear pump and horizontal
shaft connection (safety joint), or the motor fan.

• Handle parts carefully.


As SELFJECTOR is a precision machine, take care in handling the parts for avoiding impact and heat.
Especially never expose SELFJECTOR bowl parts (bowl body, bowl hood, etc.) to the frame.
And never carry out any welding works on the bowl parts.

• Take caution against corrosion and erosion.


Periodically check the damage, from corrosion or erosion.
Contact us or our service agent about any doubts.

• Others
1. Before disassembling, make sure to switch off the starter.
2. In case of treating different liquid from original one which was planed at first, please contact us or
our service agent.
3. Since the bowl has been adjusted in balance, do not interchange the components of the bowl with
any other SELFJECTOR even it that is the same model.

About ambiguous points in the instruction manual, contact our company or


service agency.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section 1 Structure
o When the sludge is discharged, absolutely don't open the
plug in the right figure.
If the plug have been opened, it is very dangerous, because the high
temperature oil and sludge which came out from the bowl is blown out.

o Be careful at working during the auto running, because the


sludge would be discharged when the oil leakage or water
detection is occurred.

o When the plug is opened and inspection is carried out during feed operation,
before opening the plug, comply with the following procedures without fail.

1. The butterfly valve equipped in the sludge outlet should be opened during purifier running.

2. Monitor the elapsed time of running shown in the control panel, and check to have enough time until
next discharge.

3. Turn "OFF" the switch of the oil leakage alarm output of MM without fail.
(Refer to the following figure.)

4. In case of HIDENS operation, turn "OFF" water detection output switch in MM.
Turn "OFF" the LM alarm output switch in Multi-Monitor.

Water Detection (WD)


output switch

~ ~
OFF ON
1t

LM Alarm output switch

[@] ~
OFF ON
1t

5. After the inspection work, assemble the plug and set back each switch to "ON".

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
1.4 Definition of terms

Density ( p ): Clarifier operation (clarifying operation):


Mass per unit volume. Operation of separating into 2 phases or liquid
and solid or, here, into oil and solids.
Specific gravity ( r ): (See "4.3 Clarifier operation".)
Ratio of mass to mass of water of the same
volume. The value is different depending on the Parallel operation:
temperature. Operation with oil fed proportionally to several
Selfjectors arranged in parallel.
Oil feed rate: (See "4.1 Operation mode of Fuel oil treatment".)
Untreated liquid volume per hour expressed by
Llh or m3/h. Series operation:
Operation by several Selfjectors arranged in
Actual capacity: series.
Selfjector treating capacity based on SM (See "4.1 Operation mode of Fuel oil treatment".)
Standard (eliminating sludge with 1.8 of specific
gravity and 211m of diameter or more). Total discharge type
Selfjector designed to totally discharge all
Feed liquid: contained in the bowl.
Untreated oil to feed to Selfjector.
Partial discharge type
Light liquid: Selfjector designed to partially discharge water
Oil treated by Selfjector or purified oil. and solids only in the bowl. This type has the total
discharge function as well.
Heavy liquid:
Separated moisture and heavy components in oil
or simply "water". Abbreviations and units

Sludge: L: Liter: Unit of volume.


Solids accumulated in bowl in narrow sense. H: Hour(s): Unit of time.
Mixture of solids, water and oil discharged from min-1 : Number of revolutions per minute.
bowl in wide sense. Hz: Number of frequency.
(cycles per second)
Interface: ¢: Unit of diameter in mm.
Boundary surface between heavy and light liquids 2
mm /s: Unit of kinetic viscosity of oil. (= eSt)
in bowl. ISO: Standards established by International
Standardization Organization.
Selfjector operation (purifying operation): VG: Indication of viscosity of lubricating oil in
Operation of separating into 3 phases or liquid, accordance with ISO.
liquid and solid or, here, into oil, water and solids.
(See "4.2 Purifier operation".)

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 1-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
2 Component devices of oil purifying system

2.1 Kinds (specifications) of oil purifying system

1) Automatic types
GBC-1
(Total discharge type I Automatic control panel with CPU controller panell1 unit)
GBC-2
(Total discharge type I Automatic control panel with CPU controller panel/ 2 units)
GSH-1
(HIDENS SYSTEM configuration I Total and Partial discharge I Automatic control panel with PLC I
1 unit)

2) Manual types
GAP-11 (Manual discharge I Alarm panel provided)
Manual (Manual discharge I Alarm panel not provided)

3) Component devices of system


Table 2-1
Number Number Function of detector Applicable
Sludge Control
Model of of Leakage Discharge Water density (MAX)
discharge method 3
Selfjector Cont. panel (LM) (DD) (WD) (kg/m )

GSH-1 1 1 Auto 0 0 0 PLC 1010


GBC-1 1 1 Auto 0 Options - CPU 991
GBC-2 2 1 Auto 0 Options - CPU 991
GAP-11 1 - Manu. 0 - - - 991
Manual 1 - Manu. 0 - - - 991

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
Electric
Automatic ·power source
Starter
control panel
,----r--r---r----- EltiJI!JIJffi'IJ!Jilt
1 I I I '-----,------,-------,----'
I I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4

0:::
t
c
w
f-~

·~~ 10 fl3
13 _J " '

6
B<E-

A----7
11 p

14
G<E-
V8
I I Note) Automatic GBC-1 and GBC-2
t t specifications are not provided with Water
Detector (WD) and solenoid valve (SV9).
F D Also, Discharge Detector (DD) is optional
for these specifications.

Fig. 2-1 Shows a typical purifying system configuration with the automatic
GSH-1 (HIDENS) specification of SELFJECTOR.

1 SELFJECTOR A Dir!Y_ oil inlet


2 Solenoid valves unit for operating water B Purified oil outlet
3 3-way cylinder valve (Feed valv~ c Com_Qressed air inlet
4 3-way solenoid valve D Sludge & Water outlet
5 Multi-Monitor E Water inlet
6 Gear pump F Operating water drain
7 Leakage Monitor function (LM) G Circulation
8 Discharge detector function (DD) l(P) Pressure gauge
9 Water detector function (WD) l(cJ Com_Q_ound _gauge
10 Oil heater I(M) Motor
11 Oil strainer
12 Flow adjustable valve
13 Pressure adjustable valve (Needle valve)
14 Byj)_ass valve

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
2.2 Component devices

2.2.1 Starter
The purifier is started by the starter. It is stopped by a signal from the control panel when an automatic
stop is applied, and alarm is happened.

2.2.2 Control panel

The control panel automatically controls the cycle of purifying the feed liquid by purifier and discharging
the sludge. Upon receipt of output signals from various detectors via the Multi-Monitor, at first the
control panel stops feeding the oil automatically, and make the purifier stop after sludge is discharged.

2.2.3 Alarm panel

When an alarm signal of oil leakage is inputted to the alarm panel, it outputs the signal to the control
panel, and stop feeding the oil automatically.
(There is a specification that stops the motor at the same time.)
The push button for controlling the 3-way cylinder valve is equipped on the panel.

2.2.4 Solenoid valves unit for operating water 1


Manu a I hand I e
There are 3 unit manifold types for total discharge, and 4
unit manifold types for HIDENCE.
Each unit has a water pressure control valve. Normally
they are installed on the Selfjector frame.
®Shut
A manual handle is equipped on each solenoid valve, so
valves can be opened with the manual handles without
power. ®Open
Fig. 2-2
3 unit manifold type
2.2.5 Feed valve

The 3-way cylinder valve is pneumatically operated selector valve


and supplies oil to the purifier at feeding.
When starting, stopped or discharging sludge, it is changed to
return the oil via the bypass piping to the tank.

INLET TO PURIFIER

CIRCULATION

Fig. 2-3

.AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
Rocking button
2.2.6 3-way solenoid valve

It is installed in the operating air pipe for the 3-way cylinder valve. The
signal from the Auto. Control Panel switches this 3-way solenoid valve
and makes the 3-way cylinder valve work. Normally, the rocking button
loosen during the auto. control. If the button is pushed, this 3-way
solenoid valve is forced to be opened in any case.

Fig. 2-4
2.2.7 Multi- Monitor (MM)

The Multi-Monitor forms an integrated detection system with a Leakage Monitor, a Discharge Detector
and a Water Detector. It has displays to indicate the operational status data of SJ-G series
SELFJECTOR such as flow rate, temperature, pressure and speed. This instrument contains a serial
board (RS485) that enables communication with the control panel.

2.2.8 Gear pump


The gear pump supplies feed oil to the purifier. Mounted on the horizontal shaft of the purifier via a
safety joint, it is driven by the motor for the purifier. The gear pump can be selected to match a
particular treating capacity. According to operating condition, a separate pump may be used. The
gear pump is a volume type, and installed the relief valve. Following using method and federate, various
types can be choose.

2.2.9 Oil heater


Oil heater is installed between the gear pump and oil purifier, and heats the feed oil to the suitable
temperature. There are steam type and electrical type in the oil heaters.

2.2.10 Motor
The following concerns specifications of class B insulated three-phase squirrel cage type induction motor.
If the motor output requirement is less than 3.7 kW, the specifications will be those of class E insulated
three-phase squirrel cage type induction motor.

1) Output and speed of revolution


If the speed of revolution drops, the treating capacity of SELFJECTOR lowers. If the speed is higher
than rated, the safety is compromised. Table 2-2 gives motor output and speed for different models.

Table 2-2

Designation Rated output (kW) Poles Rotation speed (min- 1)


G GH 50Hz 60Hz
SJ10G I GH 3.7 5.5
SJ20G I GH
5.5 7.5
SJ30G I GH
SJSOG I GH 7.5
Approx. Approx.
SJ60G I GH 11 4
11 1500 1800
SJ70G I GH
SJ100G I GH
15
SJ120G I GH 18.5
SJ150G I GH 18.5

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
View of Load Side
Counter Load Side Load Side Direct of Rotation
2)Type
Flange-mounted horizontal shaft totally enclosed
fan-cooled type (indoor type)
Turning direction: Counterclockwise as viewed of load
(CCW)

Fig. 2-5
3) Rated current intensity
Table 2 -3 gives rated current intensities of standard motors in case of 60Hz.

Table 2 -3
(Unit : A)
Rating 3.7kW 5.5kW 7.5kW 11kW 15kW 18.5kW
Voltage 440V 6.48 9.25 12.7 18.5 25.0 31.0
220V 12.9 18.5 25.3 37.0 49.0 61.0

4) Starting characteristics curves


Fig. 2-6 exemplifies starting characteristics curves.

i1
s::
0

·:~
+J~
:::JQ)
-0.
~(/)
+JQ)
o""-
Q)""-
_::::l
Q)
a:: wo

(min -1) (A) I I


Characteristic curve at start-up
I
8000---40 SJ50G q. 5KW 4P 440V 60Hz) I

7000---35 ~
I ,_
Revolution speed of bowl v
I
6000---30 I
I
5000---25
I
I
4000---20 I
1
3000---15 f1\
_l _________ J_____________ -
Rated electric current(12.
J _____________ 7A)
-------------
/""". EIec4r ic cur rent_
f'
-------------
2000---10 bD

--+ ~
4- I I I.e
0 _-+ f-----+, - ""0
5 §-1 16.~ Revolution 1~ ~I
1000----5 ·- I
~ ]-speed of motori'b r-~
~~I
c.+"'
1 +"' '+- I c.
~I
8 w
o I ,~ ~~ r"'
61
I

0 5 10 15 20 Time (min)
----It:>

Fig. 2-6

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure

\
J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 2-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
3 Structure of SELFJECTOR

3.1 General

Fig. 3-1 outlines the structure of SELFJECTOR. Sludge cover


The power is transmitted from the motor through the
friction clutch to the horizontal shaft and is further
increased in speed and transmitted to the vertical
shaft through the spiral gear mounted on the
horizontal shaft and pinion on the vertical shaft.
The vertical shaft is supported by upper and lower Motor

bearings.
The bowl mounted on the top of the vertical shaft
rotates at the speed of the vertical shaft.
Gear pump
To supply feed liquid to SELFJECTOR, the gear pump
(suction pump) is connected to the horizontal shaft Horizontal shaft
Friction
through the safety joint. To deliver light liquid, the clutch Spiral gear

centripetal pump (impeller) is built in the top of bowl. Fig. 3-1


In addition, heavy liquid is forced out by a similar
centripetal pump.

3.2 Drive unit


Vertical shaft
3.2.1 Vertical shaft section Upper bearing parts

Flat spring
The revolution speed of the horizontal shaft is increased by
the vertical shaft pinion gear and the vertical shaft rotates Upper spring

the bowl mounted on its top. The vertical shaft and bowl
are supported by upper springs and leaf springs radially
incorporated at 6 points on the upper bearing section and
lower springs in the lower bearing section so that they can
stably rotate.
Pinion gear

Lower bearing parts

Lower spring

Fig. 3-2

lusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
3.2.2 Horizontal shaft section

Friction clutch
Between the motor and horizontal shaft, the
friction clutch is provided.
The horizontal shaft is supported by 2 ball
bearings built in the bearing housing (3) and
bearing housing (4). Between them, the spiral
gear is mounted. The bearing housings (3) and
(4) are provided with oil seals to avoid gear oil
leakage. Oil seal Bearing housing (3)
The horizontal shaft is directly coupled with the
gear pump by the safety joint. Fig. 3-3

Brake lining
3.2.3 Brake

By springs, the brake linings are pressed against the outer


surface of friction pulley to perform braking.
Horizontal shaft
Use the brake only when quick stop is absolutely required in
emergency, for repair or checkup. For normal stoppage and not
in emergency, refrain from braking and allow the rotation to stop
coasting.
0
3.2.4 Friction clutch

A friction clutch is used for gentle starting and acceleration,


thereby preventing the motor from being overloaded.
0
The motor shaft has a friction boss provided with a friction clutch
and the horizontal shaft has a friction pulley. After starting, the Fig. 3-4
motor instantly turns at critical speed, the friction clutch lining is
pressed against the internal surface of the friction pulley via
centrifugal force and the power is transmitted to the friction pulley
(horizontal shaft side) as the friction pulley and lining slip with each
other.
Normally, the bowl of small-size SELFJECTOR (SJ1 OG - SJ30G)
reaches its rated speed of rotation in less than 5 minutes, and
middle-size SELFJECTOR (SJSOG - SJ?OG) and large-size
SELFJECTOR in less than 10 minutes.

NOTE) The whole of friction structure is sometimes called the


friction clutch. The friction clutch is sometimes called the friction Fig. 3-5
block.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
3.3 Bowl

3.3.1 Structure of bowl

The bowl vessel mainly consists of body, hood and nut. The bowl incorporates separation chamber
composed of disc (1) and top disc and distributor, which distributes feed liquid from the bowl inlet to the
separation chamber uniformly.
There is a main cylinder, which slides vertically by water pressure to discharge sludge separated and
accumulated on the inner wall of bowl during operation.
At 2 points on the outer periphery of bowl, there are pilot valve assemblies for controlling the main
cylinder slide.
When feed liquid introduced through the feed liquid inlet through the distributor to the separation
chamber passes through the gap between discs (1), solids and water are separated and purified oil is
continually delivered outside by the light liquid impeller located on the top of bowl.
Separated water is continuously discharged outside through the heavy liquid impeller.

Dirty oil inlet

~ , . Purified oil outlet


Gravity disc ... Separated water ou~et

Distributor
Light liquid chamber

Bo-M hood

Top disc Bowl nut

Bo-M body

Pilot valve
Assembly

Fig. 3-6

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
3.3.2 Discharge mechanism

Discharge of sludge in Bowl is as follows. ( in case of Total discharge ) fed

NOTE
• Operating water for closing bowl :
Water for pushing up the main cylinder and closing the sludge outlet.
• Operating water for opening bowl :
Water for lowering the main cylinder and discharging sludge.

i Purifying operation process


As shown in Fig. 3-7, the valve seat is sealed with a
centrifugal force loading on the pilot valve, and the water
pressure chamber for closing bowl is filled with operating
water. The operating water pressure pushes up the
main cylinder to seal the main seal ring for operation.
Operating water for closing bowl is intermittently
introduced into the bowl closing water pressure chamber
for a given period of time during purifier operation.

Water pressure chamber


for closing bowl Operating water for
closing bowl

Fig. 3-7

ii Opening bowl process


As shown in Fig. 3-8, operating water for opening bowl is
supplied for a certain time to the water pressure chamber for
opening bowl. Though a part of that water goes out from
the drain nozzle, more operating water for opening bowl is
supplied and fills up the water pressure chamber for opening
bowl. As its pressure slides the pilot valve toward the shaft
center, the seal of valve seat is broken and operating water
Water pressure chamber
for operating bowl for closing bowl flows out from the bowl.
Drain nozzle
Operating water for
opening bowl

Fig. 3-8

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
iii Sludge discharging process
As shown in Fig. 3-9, when operating water for closing
bowl goes out, the main cylinder is no longer supported,
and pushed down by the liquid pressure in the bowl. The
seal of main seal ring is broken and sludge is promptly
discharged outside the bowl.

Operating water for


opening bowl

Fig. 3-9
iv Closing bowl process
As shown in Fig. 3-10, after the sludge is discharged,
operating water for closing bowl is supplied to the water
pressure chamber for closing bowl. Operating water for
closing bowl filled with in the water pressure for closing
bowl, then the main cylinder is pushed up and the main
seal ring is sealed. Operating water for opening bowl
has already been stopped, and the valve seat has been
also sealed.

Operating water for


closing bowl

Fig. 3-10

NOTE
The mechanism above is an explanation about total discharge which discharges all contents in
the bowl. In HIDENS system, separated water is discharged by partial discharge. The mechanism
is as follows.
Operating bowl water which is adjusted the pressure in advance is supplied from the inlet for
closing bowl water. The opening bowl water promptly makes the closing bowl water overflow.
This overflowed water goes into the chamber of opening bowl water, and the pilot valve is moved
toward the shaft center. Then the sludge is discharged. The opening bowl water has been already
stopped. So discharging is finished promptly, and the closing bowl water is filled in the chamber
of it by the pilot valve's sealing the valve seat.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
3.4 Water supplying device
The water supplying device is provided under the bowl to supply operating water for controlling the
discharge of sludge from the bowl to each water pressure chamber (for opening bowl, for closing bowl).

Operating water for opening bowl is fed from section An in Fig. 3-11 and enters the water pressure
chamber for opening bowl.
Operating water for closing bowl is fed from section B and enters the water pressure chamber for closing
bowl.

Water pressure

Water supplying device

Water pressure

Bowl
.,.,
chamber for opening bowl

Vertical
shaft

s-.

Fig. 3-11

3.5 Centripetal pump


Two spiral impellers are built in the bowl top to force out light and
heavy liquids from the machine. The impeller consists of a disc of
a certain thickness provided in its interior with spiral grooves. It is
dipped in oil that rotates together with the bowl and oil is let out
according to the grooves resorting to its own rotation.

Fig. 3-12

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 3-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
4 Operation mode of SELFJECTOR

4.1 Operation mode of Fuel oil treatment

A selfjector model that purifies bunker fuel oil without the aid of any other device is usually chosen. In
some cases, however, the same selfjector model is additionally installed as a stand-by unit.
If the bunker fuel oil is inferior in quality (more viscous or with a larger catalyst content) to the fuel oil
originally intended for the purpose, purified (parallel) operation, together with a stand-by unit in service,
to handle 50% of the target volume is preferable.
An alternative to parallel operation is series operation where the fuel oil processed by one selfjector at
the first stage is purified by another selfjector at the second stage .

.---------------()"""""-------....c:> Purified oil outlet

Feed liquid tank

Feed liquid tank

Fig. 4-1 Parallel operation

&cAUTION

In case of a series operation by 2 SELFJECTORs, detach the gear pump furnished with the latter
stage SELFJECTOR from the safety joint because it is not used.
Do not use the oil heater for the latter stage.

NOTE
In the series operation, when the first-stage SELFJECTOR enters into the discharge process, oil
feed to the second-stage SELFJECTOR does not take place (as is the case with stop by an alarm
signal) in the meantime. The second-stage SELFJECTOR, therefore, requires an interlock system
to prevent the Multi-Monitor from issuing a false Leak Monitor output signal.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
4.2 Purifier operation

The purifier operation shows that the purifier separates the feed liquid to 3 phases (purifier oil, water,
sludge), and lets the purifier and water out consecutively.

1. The high limit of density of oil to treat is 991 kg/m 3 (at 15°C) practically.
2. For normal operation, the interface must be set to within a specified range by changing the diameter
of gravity disc.
3. Before supplying oil, water sealing is required to prevent oil from flowing out through the heavy liquid
outlet.
4. The purifier has a heavy liquid outlet for continually discharging separated water.

Fig. 4-2 is the cross sectional view of the


bowl of SELFJECTOR (SJ-G series)
r Sealing water inlet
r- Feed I iquid(dirty oil) inlet
under purifier operation. V,. Light I iquid(purified oi I) outlet
Feed liquid is introduced from the feed
liquid inlet into the separation zone by Heavy I iquid chamber

way of the distributor. While separated Light I iquid chamber

heavy liquid (water) and solids go to the


outer periphery of the bowl, light liquid
moves inside through between the discs
and is forced out by the light liquid
impeller. Heavy liquid passes outside the
top disc and flows over the gravity disc to --..!) i schar ge hoI e
be discharged by the heavy liquid
impeller.

Fig. 4-2

JusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
4.3 Clarifier operation

If the density of the feed liquid exceeds 991 kg/m 3 (at 15°C) during purifier operation, the range of
specific gravity handled by the built-in gravity disc is extremely narrowed.
This means that a change in the operation conditions (treating temperatures or feed rate) raises the
likelihood of no-discharge or oil leakage (oil flow-out from the heavy liquid outlet side) and destabilizes
the process of separation into three phases.
Clarifier operation is a purification process for handling higher specific gravity where the separation into
three phases is difficult. The feed liquid is separated into two phases - purified-oil outlet and sludge
(including separated water). An outline of clarifier operation is given below:
CD A gravity disc (an optional part) for clarification operation should be incorporated into the bowl to
shield the outlet side of the heavy liquid. (Feed of replacement water is unnecessary.)
(2) The shielding of the heavy liquid outlet side prevents oil leakage (flow out of the oil from the heavy
liquid outlet side), which contributes to stable operation. The separated water, however, cannot be
continuously led out of the equipment.
@ Replacement water is needed during purifier operation to retrieve the oil from the bowl at the time of
sludge discharge. On the other hand, feed of replacement water is usually unnecessary in the case of
clarifier operation .

.lusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
4.4 HIDENS system

The HI DENS selfjector features a treatment system which overcomes a shortcoming of clarifier operation,
that is, the inability to discharge the separated water continuously or the inability to discharge it at the
right moment. An outline of the HI DENS system is outlined below:
(1) A gravity disc for HIDENS operation should be incorporated into the bowl. (Irrespective of gravity, the
G-HIDENS series machines accept oils for treatment without adjustment with the gravity disc.)
(2) The G-HIDENS series machines ensure stable clarifier operation for fuel oils up to 101 o kg/m 3 (at
15°C).
(3) The HIDENS system features a line on top of the selfjector for circulation of part of the purified oil.
(This line permits detection of an accumulation of the separated water to a certain specified extent in
the bowl, upon which the separated water is discharged.)

Fig. 4-3 shows the cross sectional view of the bowl of a typical G-HIDENS system SELFJECTOR
(SJ-GH series) in clarifier operation.
Feed liquid is introduced from the feed liquid inlet into the separation zone by way of the distributor.
While separated heavy liquid (water) and solids go to the outer periphery in the bowl, light liquid moves
inside through between the discs and is discharged by means of the light liquid impeller. Some of light
liquid passes outside the top disc and is returned to the feed liquid port via circulation line by means of
the heavy liquid impeller. To make this take place, pressure (0.1 MPa) is built in the circulation line
through back pressure valve. Upon arrival of accumulated water in the bowl at the top disc outside level,
the circulation of light liquid is stopped with an ensuing drop in circulation line pressure. This pressure
drop (the sign of maximum water accumulation in the bowl) is detected by a pressure sensor, a sensor
output is transmitted to the Multi-Monitor and accumulated water is released from the bowl as a result.
While water is normally discharged in the partial discharge mode, total discharge with sludge can take
place, depending on the time spent for water detection.

Circulation
,.. (some of purified oil is circulated) ,.. x Ci rcu I at ion stop

Li gilt I i quid chamber

_. ~~~~harge

Fig. 4-3

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 4-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5 Multi-Monitor

5.1 General
The Multi-Monitor forms an integrated detection system with various detectors and data displays.
o LED display functions (Flow rate, Temperature, Pressure, Revolution number)
o Leakage Monitor function (LM)
o Discharge Detector function (DD)
o Water Detector function (WD)

Yellow LED Green LED Red LED


Blinking or turn-on Blinking when Turn on when
when light liquid normal revolution abnormal revolution
outlet press. is normal

I Indicate flow rate


IIndicate treating temp.~
~. <lD
~KAJSIIA.Lffi
<lD Revolution signal
g~c
(proximity switch)
~L----
I Indicate light liquid 01.-~

8:::=,~
outlet press. $-

I Indicate heavy liquid Oil inlet press. signal


outlet press. ~ <lD <lD
.-
(press. sensor)

s~r
IIndicate horizontal shaft ~
revolution number Temp. signal
r--
(temp. sensor)
Power (DC24V)
Automatic control panel
Feeding signal
GBC-1, GBC-2, GSH-1 Oil outlet press. signal
~
Discharging signal
(press. sensor)
or Leakage signal
Alarm panel (No-Dis. signal)
Circulation line cress. sie:nal
f--
GAP-11 _,..(Highly water signal) (press. sensor)
(for GSH-1)

Fig. 5-1 Block Diagram of Multi-Monitor

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5.1.1 Kind of Multi-Monitor

The Multi-Monitor is available in three types (refer to Table 5-1) for selection according to the type of
automatic system.

Table 5-1
Functions MM1 MM2 MM3

GBC-1, GBC-2 GBC-1, GBC-2


Applied automatic control device GSH-1
Alarm panei:GAP-11 (with DO)
Indication of flow rate 0 0 0
Indication of inlet temperature 0 0 0
Indication of outlet pressure 0 0 0
Indication of revolution number 0 0 0
Leakage Monitor Function (LM) - 0 0
Discharge Detector Function (DD) - 0 0
Water Detector Function (WD) - - 0

5.1.2 Identification and Location of Multi-Monitor Sensors

Fig. 5-2 shows the identification and location of the Multi-Monitor sensors.

For GSH-1 only


Pressure sensor for oil outlet (Yellow)
Pressure sensor
for circulation flow (Blue)

Main parts of Multi-Monitor

Pressure sensor for oil inlet (Green)

Temperature sensor (Black)

Revolution sensor
(White /proximity switch)
(GSH-1 and Option)

Fig. 5-2 Identification and Location of Multi-Monitor Sensors

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5.1.3 Display function of Multi-Monitor

The multi-monitor has 4-digit numerical indicators in two tiers, each of which is formed of a 7 -segment
LED. The monitor displays information detected by sensors and abnormality of sensors.

The expansion of 1;.) MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA, LTD,


1

a part of the display EB Flux(L/Hr)

~ 88
EBxlO
-----t[> ~ EB TeMp. (t)
sw. EB L. press. ( Mpa)
EB Rev. ( r/M)

/DO
G 88 88 EB W/H. press. ( Mpal
EB Error

I Seven segrrent displays

Upper
Lower BB BB
IBBIIBBI
Fig. 5-3

o At the normal operation, the flow rate is incrementally indicated in the upper seven segment display
at every 5 seconds. In the lower display, the feed liquid temperature and light liquid pressure are
indicated in the same way.

o The revolution number (MM2 and MM3) and circulation line pressure (MM3) are displayed
incrementally every five seconds in the lower indicator together with the feed liquid temperature,
light liquid pressure, while SW2 and SW3 among the function setting switches in Fig.S-4 are kept
down. (After SW2 and SW3 are released, the monitor returns to normal and displays the feed liquid
temperature and light liquid pressure incrementally every five seconds.)

o In the case of an error, "Err" and the corresponding error identification number appear in the upper
and lower seven segment displays, respectively. (See Table 5-2)

Function setting switches

SW1 :Select of setting item


SW2: Forward item
SW3: Backward item
SW4: Enter

Fig. 5-4

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
Table 5-2
Normal running Error display
Upper Flow rate Err
Lower Inlet temperature Identification number
Light liquid pressure
( Revolution number ) ( 1, 2 or No indication)
( Circulation line pressure )
NOTE (Speed): Multi-Monitor with Discharge Detector Function
(Circulation line pressure): Multi-Monitor with Water Detector Function (G-HIDENS system
specification)
Identification number Contents of error
No indication Feed liquid pressure sensor abnormal
1 Light liquid pressure sensor abnormal
2 Water detection pressure sensor abnormal

5.1.4 Precautions in handling

o Turn the power supply of Multi-Monitor off when SELFJECTOR is left unused for a long time.

&cAUTION

o The Multi-Monitor is a precision instrument. Handle it with utmost attention so as not to


give shock, etc.
o Use the Multi-Monitor at ambient temperatures between 0 and 60 °C.

5.2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM)

5.2.1 General
When the following alarms are happened during the operation,
o Leakage of treated oil to feed liquid outlet
o Leakage of treated oil from bowl's sludge outlet because bowl is not properly closed
The Leakage Monitor Function defects and outputs the signal on the Auto Control Panel, and
minimizes the loss of treated oil.

5.2.2 Operating principle


The pressure sensor installed on the light liquid outlet connecting piping of SELFJECTOR monitors the
pressure at all times and if, for any reason, the pressure has dropped when the flow has decreased from
a normal rate, deems treated oil is out-flowed and outputs an error signal. Use of a precision pressure
sensor allows to detect a large leakage flowing to the heavy liquid side as well as a slight leakage due to
poor bowl opening.
In the normal running, pressure control valve that is arranged on the treated oil outlet piping adjusted so
as to apply a certain pressure. If, on account of accidental leakage of purifier, the pressure has dropped
below an alarm trigger or lower limit level, an alarm is outputted.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
Within delay timer setting Within hold timer setting
(Alarm cancel) (Alarm cancel) Hold timer up Hold timer up

Set back
£.'"~~S_U.!:_e_

Cll
....
:::l
(/)
(/)

~
o_
Lower limit

Pressure change Pressure drop


due to pulsation due to leakage
Drop below lower level

No alarm

Start of feeding
Time

Fig. 5-5

NOTE1
To prevent a false alarm, when actual back pressure, light liquid outlet pressure, falls below
the alarm trigger or lower limit level, the Leakage Monitor will not issue a "Leakage" signal
until after a certain period of time. The alarm trigger pressure is averaged by the CPU in the
Multi-Monitor to follow with actual back pressure that is fluctuated by pressure pulsation at
the light liquid outlet.

o Delay Timer
After starting the feed, the light liquid pressure rises gradually. To prevent an alarm from being
delivered during the period where the pressure achieve set pressure, a delay timer is provided.

o Hold Timer
As soon as the pressure has dropped below the alarm pressure while feeding, the timer for
feeding starts counting and, if the time is up, delivers an alarm. If the preset pressure level is
recovered while counting, the timer resets itself.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5.2.3 LED display
1. "Pressure adjustment" (yellow)
The pressure adjustment LED (yellow) flashes when light liquid pressure varies by ± 15% or less from
the Multi-Monitor setting and stays illuminated while the variation is less than ±3%.
Adjust the back pressure regulating valve so as to just light the LED when feeding.
(Set the back pressure to the standard setting for light liquid pressure is 0.15 MPa).

2. "Leakage display" (red)


When a leakage is detected, the Error LED (red) on the Multi-Monitor panel and Leakage signal output
LED (red) above the boards in the Multi-Monitor are illuminated and an alarm is issued to the control
panel at the same time. The oil purifier is stopped as a result after sludge is discharged.

5.2.4 Adjustment

Normally, the back pressure regulating valve requires no adjustments after set up at once, except in the
following cases.
• Change flow rate of SELFJECTOR
• Change light liquid pressure

Pressure adjustment LED (yellow)

Auxiliary display LED


0Fiowrate
Confirmation LED @x1o
for input signal (green) 0 Temperature

G D D G) Light liquid pressure


Feeding Rotation
Discharging 0 Revolution number

0 Circulation flow pressure

fiError

Power switch LM alarm output switch

OFF ON OFF ON

o•oooooo
Revolution No-discharge Abnormal temp. Sensor2 error
e Error LED (red) lighting Leakage Water detection Sensorl error Sensor3 error

Fig. 5-6 Fig. 5-7

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5.3 Discharge Detector Function (DO)
As for Discharge Detector Function, the specification of the function is different
accord.1ng to th e form of th e au t omatiOn dev1ce
. as foII ows.
Model Discharge detector function Note
GBC-1 ,GBC-2 Total discharge detector function specification
GSH-1 Total I Partial discharge detector function Standard

5.3.1 Total discharge detection function

The Multi-Monitor is a protective device that monitors sludge discharge from the SELFJECTOR and
sends an alarm signal to the automatic control panel when it detects an abnormal discharge.

5.3.2 Operating principle


The Discharge Detect relies on the rotation speed change of the horizontal shaft to do the action; when
the rotation speed falls to a preset level due to sudden loss of energy by sludge discharge, the Discharge
Detector detects it by means of a proximity switch installed on the horizontal shaft to determine that
sludge discharge has taken place.

5.3.3 Partial discharge detection function (GSH-1)


The automatic GSH-1 system combined with Multi-Monitor MM3 has a Partial Discharge Detection
Function that, in addition to sludge discharge monitoring, indicates whether or not sludge discharge is
optimal for partial discharge adjustment.

5.3.4 Operating principle


When the Partial Discharge Detection Function of the Multi-Monitor monitoring the horizontal shaft
rotation speed of the SELFJECTOR detects a rotation speed drop (peak hold) during sludge discharge, it
compares the data with the optimal discharge value preset for each SJ-G model to determine if the
quantity of discharge effected is optimal. And the Multi-monitor indicates the result of comparison
through confirmation LEOs (Over, Just, Under) for partial discharge.

Datum sensitivity VR ( *) Discharge measurement switch


Discharge quantity
*)
setting switch (
Partial discharge confirmation LED

~ OVER (LED red)


Center voltage of discharge D JUST (LED green)
*)
quantity setting switch (
@J BB 88 IO UNDER (LED red)

~ B8 88
D MEASURING (LED green )

1. 50 Hz I 60Hz selector switch


Power switch 2. Partial ON I OFF selector switch

DD alarm out ut switch


OFF ON []:f) coo
OFF ON

( * ) : Switch for our setting Fig. 5-8

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5.3.5 Rotation display and No-Discharge display
1."Rotation display" (green)
Indicates the purifier is rotating and externally notifies safety alarm/caution.
Rotating : Flashing
Standstill: Lighting

2. "No-Discharge display" (red)


In the state of a "discharging" signal being fed from the automatic control panel, if there is not a
predetermined amount of speed drop in the oil purifier, the Error LED (red) on the Multi-Monitor panel
and "No -Discharge" signal output LED (red) above the boards in the Multi-Monitor are illuminated. At
the same time, an alarm is delivered to the Multi-Monitor and the oil purifier is stopped as a result.

Trouble display LED (red)

Rotation display LED (green)

Auxiliary display LED

@Row rate
Confirmation LED @x10
for input signal (green) 0 Temperature
D
Feeding
D D
Rotation
e light liquid pressure

Discharging
0 Revolution mnnber

e Circulation fhw pressure

.Error
Power switch
DD alarm output switch

Revolution output switch


OFF ON
[!2] [@
OFF ON

eError LED (red) lighting •o•ooooo


I
Proximity switch
Revolution No-discharge Abnormal tel'l'l>. Sensor2 error
Leakage Water detection Sensor1 error Sensor3 error

Fig. 5-9 Fig. 5-10

&cAUTION
• This is a precision instrument. Handle it with utmost attention so as not to give shock, etc.
• Securely tighten screws to mount the proximity switch
(to torque 60 kg • em max.)
• Keep the turning shaft stopped when mounting the proximity switch.
• Do not use other proximity switches than furnished with the instrument

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
5.4 Water Detector Function (WD)
The Water Detector Function (WD) of the Multi-Monitor is a
device to prevent separated water from leaking into light liquid
(purified oil) . It is available in two types, i.e., pressure sensor
type water detector (GSH-1) and electrostatic capacity type
water detector (option) .
It is an explanation as follows for a standard form .

5.4.1 Operating principle


The Water Detection system provided with a pressure sensor,
which is called G-HIDENS system , is controlled on the
automatic control panel (GSH-1) via the Multi-Monitor (MM3) .
Photo 5-1 Pressure sensor type water
The G-HIDENS system constantly monitors separated water
detection system
being accumulated in the bowl by means of a pressure sensor
( G-HIDENS system )
installed in the circulation line and causes separated water to
be discharged before it leaks into light liquid (purified oil) .
In the clarifier operation , some of light liquid (purified oil) is returned to the feed liquid inlet via circulation
line. The circulation line, which is provided with a back pressure valve, pressure sensor and pressure
gauge, is maintained under a required level of back pressure by means of the back pressure valve, with
the shut-off valve in the heavy liquid outlet line fully closed.
Upon arrival of separated water in the bowl at the top disc outside level, the circulation of light liquid is
stopped with an instantaneous drop in circulation line pressure. Detecting this pressure change, the
pressure sensor sends a signal to the control panel via the Multi-Monitor to tell that the predetermined
quantity of separated water has been accumulated in the bowl and separated water is discharged ,
normally in the partial discharge mode. In some cases, total charge with sludge takes place, depending
on time spent before detection of pressure drop.

5.4.2 Water detection display


In the state of being fed with "feeding" signal from the automatic control panel , when the pressure sensor
in the G-HIDENS system circulation line detects the arrival of separated water at the predetermine level
in the bowl , the Error LED (red) on the Multi-Monitor panel and the confirmation LED for output signal
"Water Detection" LED (red) above internal boards in the Multi-Monitor are illuminated . At the same time ,
a signal is delivered to the control panel and the oil purifier is stopped after sludge discharge.

NOTE
To prevent a false alarm due to pressure fluctuation or pulsation at the start of oil feed or
during normal running, the Delay Timer and Hold Timer are provided. Either timer is actuated
when pressure falls below the preset level during running. If pressure fails to return to normal
after the timer is up, the detector recognizes it as a "Water Detected" status and sends an
alarm signal to the control panel.

1-.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-9 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
Auxiliary display LED
(t)Fiowrate
Confirmation LED G)x10
for input signal (green) @Temperature

D D D (f) light liquid pressure


Feeding Rotation
Discharging 0 Revolution number

0 Circulation flow pressure

eerror
Power switch Water Detection
output switch
~~
OFF ON
OFF ON
~No Water I Heavy liquid
~Detector Function

Confirmation LED for ~Water Detector Function


output signal (red) ~Heavy liquid Detector Function
~ (for optional use)
D D 0. DODD
eError LED (red) lighting Revolution No-discharge Abnormal temp. Sensor2 error

I
Proximity. switch
Leakage Water detection Sensor1 error Sensor3 error

Fig. 5-11 Fig. 5-12

5.4.3 Selection of switch

• Water detector Function switch


When HIDENS is driven, it uses it at the position of "Water Detector Function".
When Water Detector Function is· not used (The example: Lubricating oil purifier),
it uses it at the position of "No Heavy liquid Detector Function".

Water Detector No Heavy liquid


Function Detector Function

Fig. 5-13

• Water Detection output switch


With the Water Detection output switch in the ON position, the Water Detector monitors water being
accumulated in the bowl.
When it detects the arrival of water at predetermined level, it sends an output signal to the control
panel and causing water to be discharged.

Water Detection output switch Water Detection output switch


" OFF " position " ON " position

Fig. 5-14

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 5-10 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section1 Structure
Section 2 Running

6 Preparation before it running

6.1 Lubrication Oil


Lubrication oil in the gear case lubricates each
bearing of the vertical and horizontal shafts as well as
the acceleration gear.
The available lubrication method includes the oil bath
and splash lubrication by a spiral gear.
As the maintenance performance of the lubrication oil
seriously affects the life of each power transmission
unit, sufficient care should be exercised on its
handling .
For this lubrication, remove the gear cover or
lubrication plug attached on the gear cover.

Fig. 6-1

& CAUTION
Before supplying the lubrication oil, be sure to stop the SELFJECTOR. The oil becomes very hot
during operation. To avoid the risk of the oil being scattered around to burn operator's hand or
hurt his eyes, do not remove the plug or gear cover when the SELFJECTOR is in operation.

6.1.1 Oil quantity

& CAUTION
Check the oil quantity when the machine is at the level condition. If you supply lubricating oil
exceeding the red line (H), the oil temperature goes up and the ingredients contained in the
lubricating oil may become sludge and the lubricating efficiency is lowered.
Care should be taken not to exceed the red line (H).

Refer to Table 6-1 for appropriate oil quantities. Refill the oil up until the red
line (H) on the oil gauge as shown in Fig. 6-2.
During operation make sure that the oil level falls in-between the red lines (H) and (L) .
Red line

Table 6-1
SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
Model SJ20G/GH SJ60G/GH SJ120G/GH
SJ30G/GH SJ70G/GH SJ150G/GH
Oil quantity ( L) 6.3 11 .5 16

Fig. 6-2

.J..SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.1.2 Optimum viscosity

J Optimum viscosity ISO VG150 (135 -165 mm 2/sec)

Refer to Table 6-2 for recommended lubricating oil brands.

NOTE
Synthetic lubricating oil should be within an equivalent range of /SO VG220 (198 to 242 mm2/S).

& CAUTION
Before using synthetic lubricating oil, make sure of its suitability by the procedure described in
the Section 11.3.

6.1.3 Recommended brands

For the recommended brands refer to Table 6-2 .

Table 6-2
Viscosity
Manufacturer Brand name
mm 2/sec at40°C

BP .ENERGOL GR-XP 150 149

MEROPA 150 150


CALTEX
URSA OIL P 150 140
GEAR COMPOUND EP 150 142
CHEVRON
MACHINE OIL AW 150 143
TEXACO MEROPA 150 142
TEXACO
REGAL R&O 150 143

GULF GULF EP LUBRICANT HD 150 148.7

EPONA Z 150 153.4


TOTAL
CARTER EP 150 153.4

FUCHS RENOLIN CLP 150 150

IDEMITSU KOSAN DAPHNE SUPER GEAR OIL 150 150.4

EXXON MOBIL MOBIL GEAR 600 XP 150 150

SHELL OMARA OIL S2 G 150 150


SHELL
SHELL MORLINA S2 B 150 150
JX NIPPON OIL BONNOC M 150 154
& ENERGY JOMO REDUCTUS 150 152

COSMO OIL COSMO GEAR SE 150 154

CASTROL CASTROL ALPHA SP 150 150

, "

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
NOTE
Please consult our company when using lubricating oil other than herein recommended or
synthetic lubricating oil.

For the replacement period of the lubricating oil and precautions for use of synthetic lubricating
oil, refer to Section 11.2 and 11.3 .

6.2 Feed Rate

An appropriate feed rate should be set for operating the SELFJECTOR efficiently.
Table 6-3 shows the actual capacity for each model of the SELFJECTOR G-series.

NOTE
Actual capacity refers to the maximum treating capacity of each model (maximum feed rate).

Actual capacities (Unit : Llh)


Table 6-3
Marine Fuel oil Lubricating oil
diesel oil Cross-head Trunk-piston
40°C 98°C 74-90°C 83-95°C
Treating 2 2
mm /sec mm /sec
temperature Detergent oil
at 40°C at 50°C
2 2
100mm /sec 150mm /sec
Viscosity 14 180 380 500 600 700
at 40°C at 40°C
2,900 1,600 1'150 890 790 720 1,250 1,050
SJ10G/GH
2,900 1,650 1,200 930 830 760 1,350 1'1 00
4,350 2,450 1,750 1,400 1,250 1'150 1,950 1,650
SJ20G/GH
4,350 2,600 1,850 1,450 1,300 1,200 2,050 1,700
7,800 4,500 3,200 2,550 2,250 2,050 3,550 2,950
SJ30G/GH
7,800 4,700 3,350 2,650 2,350 2,150 3,750 3,100
11,600 6,900 4,900 3,900 3,450 3,150 5,450 4,550
SJ50G/GH
11,600 6,950 4,950 3,950 3,500 3,200 5,500 4,600
13,300 8,000 5,700 4,500 4,000 3,700 6,350 5,300
SJ60G/GH
13,300 8,100 5,750 4,550 4,050 3,700 6,400 5,350
15,900 9,800 6,950 5,500 4,900 4,500 7,750 6,450
SJ70G/GH
15,900 9,750 6,950 5,500 4,900 4,500 7,750 6,400
21,800 14,100 10,000 7,900 7,050 6,450 11,200 9,250
SJ100G/GH
21,800 14,200 10,100 8,000 7,100 6,500 11,300 9,350
24,500 16,300 11,600 9,200 8,150 7,450 13,000 10,700
SJ120G/GH
24,500 16,500 11,700 9,250 8,250 7,550 13,100 10,800
29,200 20,500 14,600 11,600 10,300 9,400 16,300 13,500
SJ150G/GH
29,200 20,400 14,500 11,500 10,200 9,300 16,200 13,400
NOTE: G-senes are Standard. I GH series are HIDENS specification. Upper row: 60Hz
Lower row: 50Hz

NOTE
Actual capacities may be changed for improvement without notice.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.3 Treating Temperature

The treating capacity of the oil purifier depends mainly on the viscosity of feed liquid. To ensure that the
oil purifier operates efficiently, heat the feed liquid to specified temperatures of Table 6-4 as appropriate.

Table 6-4
Treating
Oil type
temperature (oC)
A heavy oil 14 mm 2/sec at 40°C 40
C heavy oil 180 ...... 700 mm 2/sec at 50°C 98
2
Lubricating 100 mm /sec at 40°C (SAE#30) 74 ....... 90
2
oil 150 mm /sec at 40°C (SAE#40) 83 ....... 95

Shows the relationship between various oil temperatures and their viscosity.

1000
20 30

·~
40
~
~0 60 1o eo
.. :
tO ee 100 uo
'::
1000

""
1111 I II I

r--... :
.•
I
,;)() « 500
400
...... '"" ~-..Oor-.! 4()0

·-....,.._,J~,~oc
300 IP-..
....... .J. ., _§
300
.......... I :
200 200
-•so E-.. ~
........ 0 ,................. !'.. I 1$0
.......
"s: 100 F~, ~ ~
~
I :
'No I
100
f":' . . ,
~'""' ~~ ~ ..
:
E
._, 75
" ~ ........ ""' ~ ~ "r..... rr......"r..... I
75
~

..
>
50
40

"'
10 1:"Optimul-n vl~ity~ ~
for purification
r-----r----
. . . . . ~o"'
"""'
r,
A

.
-~ ~ ~ ...---· K- -~ L',
~ .....
'"" !'-......
........
~
"r.....'-l, r-.....~
~~
---
's
50
40
30

20 20
~I ~
-......;
IS ~
~
1""- ~"-...... 15

~ th:u_ ~
~
1- ..............
10
1-J I I I I I It II I I I I II I LLI ~ ..l.Jd..[
10
20 30 40 50 60 70 eo 90 100 110

Temperature i C)

Temperature vs. Viscosity diagram

Fig. 6-3

How to obtain a treating temperature


[Ex.] Case of purifying a heavy oil of 45 mm 2/sec (50°C)
Draw a dotted line that is parallel to the line of 40 mm 2/sec at 50°C and passes an intersection (point A)
between a horizontal line of 45 mm 2/sec and a vertical line of 50°C. From the intersection between this
line and a horizontal line of 24 mm 2/sec draw a line perpendicular to the horizontal axis, then read the
temperature falling on the foot; that is 67°C.
Thus the treating temperature of this heavy oil should be 67°C.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.4 Gravity Disc

In the purifier operation it is necessary to hold the interface between the light liquid and heavy liquid in
the bowl within a definite rage. Therefore, the SELFJECTOR can employ gravity discs of various inside
diameters such that the outlet diameter of the heavy liquid side can be altered for interface position
adjustment. One gravity disc having a larger inside diameter, if incorporated, moves the interface
outward, and another disc having a smaller inside diameter moves the interface inward.
Selection of an appropriate gravity disc is one of the most important subjects for oil treatment with the
SELFJECTOR. Exercise sufficient care for this selection to avoid unintended purifier operation.

NOTE
At the delivery of a SELFJECTOR, the gravity disc and bowl come in each package.
Select an appropriate gravity disc and assemble it in the bowl according to Section 6.4.2
"Gravity Disc Selection Procedure".

6.4.1 Supplied gravity discs

& CAUTION

o Before treating a different type and nature of oil, select a suitable gravity disc having an
inside diameter that fits the gravity of the treated oil.
o Running the purifier with a gravity disc of incorrect diameter may cause oil outflow to the
heavy liquid side and water circulation over the light liquid side.

Table 6-5 shows the supplied standard gravity discs for the purifier operation, Table 6-6 shows
the gravity discs for the G-HIDENS operation and Table 6-7 shows the gravity discs for the
clarifier operation.

NOTE
Actually supplied gravity discs differ for types of the treated oil. For detail refer to the attached
document and drawing.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
T a bl e 6 - 5 "t d"1scs f or pun 1er operaf 1on
G ravlly
Model Inside diameter of gravity disc
SJ10G/GH 64 65 66.5 68.5 71.5 74 78 79
SJ20G/GH 64 65 66.5 68.5 71.5 75 77 78 82 83
SJ30G/GH 65 66.5 68.5 71.5 75 79 82 86 90
SJ50G/GH 86.5 88.5 91 94 98 103 107.5 113 115
SJ60G/GH 86 88.5 91 94 98 103 106.5 110.5 115
SJ70G/GH 87.5 91 94 98 103 107.5 113 119 122
SJ100G/GH 113 116 120 124 129 136 140.5 142 150 153
SJ120G/GH 113 116 120 124 129 136 140.5 142 146.5 150 153 160
SJ150G/GH 114 118 122 127 134 142 145.5 146.5 153 160
(mm)

T a bl e 6 -6 G ravlly -
·t d"ISCS f or G HIDENS operaf 1on
Model Gravity disc symbol

SJ1 OGH , SJ20GH , SJ30GH GH or 63

SJSOGH , SJ60GH , SJ70GH GH or 84

SJ1 OOGH , SJ120GH , SJ150GH GH or 109

Table 6-7 Gravity discs for clarifier operation


Model Gravity disc symbol

SJ10G, SJ20G, SJ30G 40

SJSOG, SJ60G, SJ70G 54

SJ100G, SJ120G, SJ150G 68

6.4.2 Gravity disc selection procedure


For purifier operation, use dedicated gravity discs for purifier. Table 6-8 below shows the model series of
SELFJECTOR versus the numbers of figures in which gravity disc selection monograms are given for
reference. Select appropriate gravity discs by models and kinds of treated oil accordingly.

Table 6-8
Model Fuel oil Fuel oil Lubricating oil
(A heav~ oil) (C heavy oil)
SJ10G/GH Fig. 6-5 Ftg_. 6-14 Fig. 6-23
SJ20G/GH Fig. 6-6 Fig.6-15 Fig. 6-24
SJ30G/GH Fig. 6-7 Fig. 6-16 Fig. 6-25
SJ50G/GH Fig. 6-8 Fig. 6-17 Fig. 6-26
SJ60G/GH Fig. 6-9 Fig. 6-18 Fig. 6-27
SJ70G/GH Fig.6-10 Fig. 6-19 Fig. 6-28
SJ100G/GH Fig. 6-11 Fig. 6-20 Fig. 6-29
SJ120G/GH Fig. 6-12 Fig. 6-21 Fig. 6-30
SJ150G/GH Fig. 6-13 Fig. 6-22 Fig. 6-31

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Gravity disc selection examples

[Example 1] [Example 2]
The specific gravity of treated oil at 15 °C is The specific gravity of treated oil at a certain
known. temperature is known.
o Treating condition o Treating condition
3
~ Density of treated oil 925 kg/m 3 at15°C ~ Density of treated oil 944 kg/m at50°C
~ Treating temperature 70°C ~ Treating temperature 98°C
~ Feed rate 3000 Llh ~ Feed rate 1250 Llh
o Selection method o Selection method
1. From an intersection between falling curve CD 1. From an intersection between rising curve @
3
of density of 925 kg/m and the vertical line of of density of 944 kg/m 3 and the vertical line of
70°C, draw horizontal line (2) to reach the 50°C (being converted to a density at 15°C),
vertical line of 100°C. draw curve @ along the falling curve to reach
2. Connect between the right end of line (2) and the vertical line of 98°C, then draw a horizontal
the point of 3000 Llh on the treating capacity line to reach the vertical line of 100°C.
scale using straight line Q). 2. Connect between the right end of the
3. Read within which section of gravity disc Inside horizontal line and the point of 1250 Llh on the
diameter scale the intersection made by line treating capacity scale using straight line @.
Q) falls. 3. Read within which section of gravity disc Inside
4. For this [Example 1] select a gravity disc diameter scale the intersection made by line
having an Inside diameter of ¢79. @ falls. For this [Example 2] select a gravity
disc having an Inside diameter of ¢ 71.5.

Density (kg/m 3 )
1000 c::o..- 8000
~
1500
~
-
~ ""
*~ !<-@ - ¢66.5 7000
950 - ¢68.5
6500
~
[Example 2l k-- ::;:oK ~
¢71.5
bi<:::::
~ P"
1.....-
[Example 1J bk
b ~ ~ '::;,k. ®k 5500
b k- I/ t--_
900
b k- h. v v
h _..--
b k- h v P' =

--
b .,- b :.....--- p F 4000
lnsi
b k- v [?'F= of
850
'::> k-- v -c-:-: 3500

b k-- f-...
~c....

3000
I'--- 1"--- 1--.. F=-
c---.. i--f-
2500
800 c--r--
2000

- 1500
i- ---
750
1000
1520 JO 40 SO 60 70 1!0 90 100 'C
Feed rate (L/h)
Wr'--.+r\-r'11•t I 't
1 1
!•'! Jil\t'l
1
60 BG 100 IZO 140 160 lBO 100 · f
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-4

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ1 OG/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Dens i ty (kg/m3)

1000 4000
!':::>- ,.....
r--
t:::> k:.:
>k ,_... ..---
--- /

> k __... / 3500


---
k ...---- ~ 1..:::::::
,/
[::::;:, /
950
>
r-::, k:-
k P'"'-
~ 1..:::::::
p<- t"-c:, k:::::
/
V"'"
/
/
3000

> k -::-. k::::: /


/
[::::;:, <
:;><.

;:;><...
r--., k::::::' L
/
v
900 > <'"' / t> k:::: ....::::
/
2500

> -=-- >


;;><'..
/ /
/
t::> -=-- >< '"-:> c v / / -1/>74
t::> c > .:::: v /.:><:..
/

t::> -=::::- > c: v ;;


><.
/
2000

t:> k- i>< "'> __./' v


850
~ k- i>< r>- __./' -
k- ~
- -- --
;---
b> r- -1/>79 1500
r--- r---

800
!'--......
r--- r- --- --
r--
Inside diameter 1000
of gravity disc (mm)

750 500

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 . c Feed rate (L/h)


I I ' I I I1 I
1'1'1'11 1'1'1''1'1'1'11'1'1
I I I I I I I I I I I
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-5

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
ELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ20G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)
5000
1000
r--t:>r--
~ k::-- ..-- __... / 4500
t> < ..--
r-- k:::::' /
>< --- 1-:::::: /
950 > < ;;>"'-
':/ ,......
4000
~ < ? .:::::::: /
t::? <
-
?'"

b < ;::><.. > <:::::::


t:> k::::-- > .c:::
----::. .c::::::

L
v
v
v
v
/
/
/
3500

[::::::. k' ?<... > ~ L / 3000

> c: v
900 ;>-<
[::::::. < / /
:::::::. <:"" > c:: v
;>-<
L L
> .:::--- >< > c: v L -¢78 2500
/

t:> k:::-- > c v ;;


~

t:> v I>< I> v /


850
t:> v i>< I> ~ - t- 2000

t:> v >< r--._ - r- - </>83

1'----- :------ r---


,____
~

--
1---- r---.... ---- - 1500

800
r--- :---
-- Inside diameter
of gravity disc (mm)
1000

750 500

1520 30 40 50 60 70 BO 90 100. C
Feed rate (L/h)
I I I I I I I I ' I I I I I I I I I
I ' ' ' ' 'I ' ) ' ' ' ' r• ' J ' ' ' I '' ,, t ' '
60 BO 100 120 140 160 180 200 .F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-6

.JusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-9 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ30G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/nfl)
1000 8000
r-::.,
!--_.::, k:- __. 7500

950
'--o, k::-
b k::-
1-::::, k:- f-'""
p
--
.--
~k
,./

v
/
/
/
7000

6500
b k ....- /
b !<:::::"" --:;, 1-:::::::: v /
b k:- P"'"'- !'-:;,
k v /
b k:- p-<- !-;,. k:: v /
b k- p-<- 1--::. k:: v ~
...:::: v
900
t::> k- b K p<..
iL:::::
t::> k' f>< I> K v L lL -¢82
f><
t::> k- 1:::> k' v L
t> k-- p-< I> v v
/

/
t> k-- I>< b v v -¢86 3500
I> v
850
b k:-- f><
b k--- f>< 1---
!'--- r--- t--- - 1-- 1-
3000

t--- t--- - 1- 1 -
r-- 1- 1 -
-¢90
2500

800
Inside diameter 2000
of gravity di~c (mm)
1500

750 1000
Feed rate (L/h) ·
1s2o
I I
I • I' I
I
30 40
I I I
1
I I . 10I ' 80I I soI 1oo·c
so
I I
60
11' I' I' I' '1 'I' I ' I I ' I' I
I I

60 80 100 .120 t40 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-7

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-10 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJSOG/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Dens i ty (kg/m3)

1000 12000
t::::>-
t::> < '--"' k:: 11000
1-::::. ..::::-- __.-- /

950
t::> <
t::::::o k
b !<::""""
~

__.-- k::""
--
I--

~ 1<::::
L
v
v
v /
/
/
/
10000

9000
b <- / k::::::
b k- P""'- ~ 1.::::::' v I/
8000
t:::> k P""'- ~ k::::: v v
b k p<- r--.::,. k:::-"' /
v /
900
t:::> < p<.
b k:::::: /
v /
7000

> k- >< t> k [7


>< r--::,. ~ ..---v
/ ../
-¢107.5 6000
> k- >< v 17 /
~ k- b / /'

b k:- ><I> k"" ..---v - 5000


850 . 1--
b k--- ><I> k"" r--
-¢115
b K- f>< r- 4000
1'---- 1---r---- f--.. 1---
-
800
1---r--
- f--.. t--
r-- 1-- Inside diameter
of gravity disc (mm)
3000

2000

750 1000

1520 30 40 50
70 80 90 100"C 60 Feed rate (l/h)
1 I ' I I I I I I I I I
1•1 '1 r''''''' r• '1'1'1 '11 r•1
I I I I I
1
I

60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 .f


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-8

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-11 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ60G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/or)
14000
1000 -r:::::,_
t'-:::. :.c- _.......- 13000
t::> < _.......- L
12000
t::> < _.-/ /
? r.:::::
.-"

-
b <::"" /
11000
950
r-::::. .c- f--"' !C' ,/
/
b .:::-- ~ .,/
v 10000
b ~ ~ ..:::::: .,/
/
~ !<::"" --:;,. .:::::-- L
/ y 9000.
.;;><...
":> k.:-- I> K ...:::.
/
/
k- I>K L' v
900 >< 8000
> /
k" I> K . /v
:><..
> ><
/ -¢106.5
7000
t:> K- >< t::::? ~ __.,V L
t::? ~ :-:> k:::: __.,V L 6000
t:> <-- >< :-:> k:' v -
850 P'< --
~~
t:::> .,--- P'<
----- -- -- -
1'--....
':::::>- k:"'
-r-- - -¢115 5000

-- -- -
r-
"--... 4000
r-- r---
i-- Inside diameter 3000
BOO
of gravity disc (IIIII)

2000

750 1000

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100. c Feed rate (L/h)


I I I I I I
1 I 1 I 1I 1 1 I 1 I 1 I
I I
rI
I
I I
I I I I I I
1 I 1I 1• 1 1I 1 I 1
I I
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-9

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-12 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ70G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Dens i ty (kg/nfl)

1000 16000
r--[::::::. ,..._
b k ~
L.
15000

D .--- /

-
<:"'" 14000
~ <::"'"'"" /
':::> K-
.... ~ L. / 13000
950 /
::::::::. k:- ~ ..:::::::: / 12000
::? k
~
r-o. .c. /
/
t? K P""'- r-::,. .c. /
/
11000

t? < P""'- r-::,. .::::::. v / 10000


....:::: v
p<-. :--.,.
[::::::. < k:::: /
900
b .c- p<. ~ k:::::"" L v /
9000

t::::::. <
p<
>k / v / -¢113 8000

> k' v
p<
t::::::. < / /
t:> ~
i><
:> k" v / /
7000

850
t:> .::--- > k:' ..,--V -
i><
6000
:::::::. c-- f>< ""> k:
>v
~
!><:
1---.
r-
----- -- r- r-r-
-¢122
5000

800
1---.
--- - r-- r-
:-- r-
Inside diameter
of gravity disc (IIIli)
4000

3000

2000

750 1000

1520 30 40 50 60 c Feed rate (L/h)


I 1 I 1, I I I1
1. 1 1 '11 1 1 ! I
I I
[
I
11
I ,I 70I1 , 180I III90I J 100.
1 1 1 1
I
1
I
1

60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-10

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-13 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ100G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Dens i ty (kg/or)
1000 / 22000
'"'"::::> 21000
~ ,.c- ..- 20000
> < ..-.-- ./
19000

-
/
> k::::::: 18000

950
> k r--- 1..::::::
k::: ./
17000
~ !<' ~ /
16000
p--- ~ k::.:::
>k p - ~ lc:::::::
/
/ 15000
>< p--.
/

v
/ 14000
> < P"'"- lc::::::: ~
v
/ 13000
900
> <:: P"'"- 1->k:::"'
~
v
/ 12000
> < pc:;. 1->
v
/
11000
~~ I"> k::: ./ -¢142
:.::::::- f>< I> k' 7
> / ./
10000

>< f><
I> k:" /
/ L_ 9000

> < p.< I> k: p.< __.,/ - 8000

> c f>< I'> v - -


850
-¢153 7000
-
>
-...........
k::--'
,...___ 1--
'-.. --- 6000

!--...... "--'-.

- 5000

800
1--
r--
-- Inside diameter
of gravity disc (mm)
4000

3000

2000

750 1000

152o 3o 4o so so 1o so 90 100 ·c Feed rate (L/h)


I I I I I I I I I
· r•
I
I I I I I I I
1 • t • r 111 • 1 • r ,,,. r • 1' I t • 1 • 1
I

60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 • F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-11

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-14 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ120G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)
26000
1000 r--r-::::,
25000
1--::::, k:- __.. . 24000
t> k __.. ~ / 23000
!'---::, !<:-"" __.. / 22000
21000
950 > ~ / 1..::::::::
:.......-
/
20000
'::::::. -c-~-"
> I.e::::::
v
/
19000
":::> -c- ? k::
p-- ~ k::::'
/
18000
:.......-
':::::::- !<:-' /
17000
b !<:-' > ~ L/ / 16000
900
t> k:::-' ,---... ?""- -::,. ~ /
/
v 15000
t::> k::-- ?<... ---:;,. k::::-" /
-c/>142 14000
t> K:- > ~ /
/
/ 13000
~
b> ~ I> .:::::--- __../ /
12000
1:::> ~ >< > ~ / ;; -¢150
:::::,. k-" i>< > k" v - 11000

:::::,.k- -::>- v
850 :--1-- 10000
i><
,__ 9000
:::::,. ~ f>< 1--
:------. ---- - - 1-- 8000

--
-¢160
............. t--
:------. 7000

800
r--
r--
- 1--
1--
Inside diameter
6000

5000
of gravity disc (mm)
4000

3000

750 2000

1520 40 50 so Feed rate (L/h)


I I I
30
I I I r I 'I 1 1I
I I I1 I I1
r
I ' 10I ' aoI I goI ' 1oo·c
I
1 '1'1 I ' l l 1'1
I
I
I I
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-12

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-15 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ150G/GH (Fuel Oil: A Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)

1000 30000
"'~ 29000
:::> k 28000

~ 1..-:-- ---
_.....,.
_...,..
...::::.
L P"
/
7
27000
ZtiOOO
~ 1..-:-- 25000

950 b k !..-'
/ 24000

b k -, k::: v / 23000

b k:- P' v I/ 22000


21000
t::> k P""' r-:, k:::: v / 20000
~ k::- ~ k::::" v I/ 19000

1'::::..k- I>< ~ k::::: v ............. 18000


900
b::. k--- J:>< --::::> k::::' v / -4> 145. 5
17000

b k:-- I>< !-::::> k::::" v /


16000
15000
b k- I>< --::::> k' ./p / 14000

b k- F>< "--:> v . . . v /
-4> 153
13000

"::::::. k--- F>< --:::.. v 17 - 12000


850
:--:::::. k- >< t-> ............ '
- -4>160
11000

"'::::> k--- >< I---


1---
- 10000

:'----
---
I--- - r-- 9000

r-
-- ---r-- - .1 ns ide d i arne t e r 8000
I--- r--
of gravity disc (mm)
BOO - 7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

750 !000

1SZO 30 40 60 70 80 90 100 • C Feed rate (l/h)


I I I I I I I
I 1 I 1 I 1 I I' I 1 I' I
§0
I I
1
I 1
I I I I
1 1 I r I ' I I' l 1 I
I I I I

60 ao 100 uo 140 160 uo zoo •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-13

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-16 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ10G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)

1000 4000
~
"--:> !<::::""" ....- .c::_
"--:> :.c-- ....- /_
3500
b k- :;:- L / ¢64
¢65
/
b 1<:::" /
950 / ¢66.5
1::> 1<:::::'" ? .-:::::::: /
~ ~ ..:::::::_ 3000
t::> 1<:::" /
/ ¢68.5
:::::::. k f-'"' ~ .c::.: /
/
p-<:. ~ /
1::> k- ~ /
t::> k:- p-<:. ~ ~ /
/ - ¢71.5 2500
900
t> k- >
t:> k:_-- f>< >
p-<:.
<
<::::::::
...:::::
L
/
/
L_
/
::::>!<---- f>< 2 c::- ___./ /
2000
b. k:- >< > ~ / / Inside diameter
b. k-- >< > r:::::" 7 - of gravity disc (mm)
850
b. k:- ><:. "> ~ --
b. k:- ><
--- -
-- - - 1500

800
1'----
---
---- :--..
---- --- -- --
1000

750 500

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 . c Feed rate (L/h)


I I II I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
1'1'1 ' I I ' 1'1'1''1'1'1'11'1'1
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-14

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-17 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ20G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/ml)

1000 r--r::::,. .... 5000

b <::' /"
/ / 4500
~ ...::::-- /"
-d>64
b k::- 1..---- / -d>65
~ k:-
!-"'
~k v / - d>66. 5
950 4000
b k:::"' k v /
? - d>68. 5
b k:- p-- t---o. k:::: v /
b k:- p--
p-- r---:, k:::: v / -d>71.5
3500

t::> k:- p<- 1::;::-> k:: v v


b k-- ~ ~.::::-"" v / 3000
900
b k- p-:;. !-::;:. k::: v /
- d>75

t::> k- p-:::: D k L
v /
t::> k--p-::::
I> k" v / 2500

b k- p< I> v p<


v ./ Inside diameter
b v b v L
v of gravity disc (IIIII)
850
b k::- !>< I> v r-- 1--
- 2000

b v I>< t--
f'-.. t--- r- - r-- r--
r- r- r-- 1500
t--- r-
r- r- r--
800

1000

750 500

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100. c Feed rate (L/h)


I I
I I I I I 'I III II I I II I r~
I I ' I
I I I I I
I
I I I I I I I II I I I I
I I

60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-15

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-18 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ30G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)
8000
1000
D
!'--::, <::::" 7500
~

t::> <::: ~ """


/
/
-¢65 7000
/

950
-::::::,. lc:::::::"""
--
'"::> 1<::::-' __... ,..--- k::: ,/
/
-¢66.5
-¢68.5 6500

> k'"
,/

>
k
,__
--
r-, k::::
~ .:::::::
v /
v /
/
- cb 71.5 6000

t::> k - rb75 5500


I':> k- ;><.. ~ c
;><..
v v
t::> < P""'- r---:. ~ L v / 5000
900
t::> < p<... --:., c' v /
-¢79

t:> < --:., c L


/ L_
4500
p<...
t::> ~ 2 ~ // /
4000
:::::> k' r>< > k"" / / Inside diameter
:::::> k' f>< > v /
-
of gravity disc (mm) 3500
:::::> k:"" p-< > v
850 p-<

----
~

t> k:
~
1--

r-- - 3000

--
"-- I--
~
I-- 2500
----- -----
800
--- 1-- I--
2000

1500

750 1000

1520 30 40 so Go 10 eo 90 100 • c Feed rate (L/h)


I I , I I I1
I I I I I '11 1 I I I I
I I I
I
I I
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I 'II' I I I
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-16

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-19 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ50G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/or)
1000 ... ~ 12000

b <:"
--
-
11000
;--:::::, <""' 1...::: ./
k:::: / - ~86.5
b ..:::::- - ct>88.5 10000
t::::::: I< ? K /
950 - ~91
b k I-' t::/ lc::::: v /
-., k:::::: v .:.._ ~94 9000
b I<"' /
b k- p<- 1-:. k':: v / - cf>98 8000
~ I<:""
v
-:::. k':: v v
900
b k- p<. :--:::. k:::::
v
v -cf>103 7000
b k- p<. :--:::. k::: /
b k-- r-::,. ~ . / v
[><
/
b k-- [>< t> k v / / Inside diameter
6000

b 1<:- I:> k" v C><:


./ of gravity disc (nan)
~ k-- f>< t> k" v - 5000
850
b k- f><:
I> v t-- r--
p<
-
1--
b k- 1-- 4000
f'-.. r---- r-- 1-- t--
r---- r-- r-- t--
t--
r- t-- t - 3000
800

2000

750 1000

1520 30 40 50 60 10 80 90 IOO"C Feed rate (L/h)


I I I I I I I I I I
II II IrI II II II II I I
I I
I I I I
II IrI
I I I
I' II I
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-17

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-20 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ60G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/of!)
14000

-
1000 1"--~
""-::::, ~ 13000
L L
~~ _....--
- ¢86 12000
~~ _.... 1..::::: /
- ¢88.5
1-::::. ~ _.... ;:::.:> 1..:::::: ./ 11000
950 /
- ¢91
b !<::::"'" .;;;-- ..-- /
b k- ~ k::::::

~ k-
-
-:::::,. k:- > k::::
p-c;;. ..._,
;:><..
k:::::
,/'

v
v
/
/
/
-

-
¢94

¢98
10000

9000

t::::::. k: :><. -::. k::::: / 8000


900
t::::::. k: :><. -::. ~ L v ./
-¢103

/
~ k' I> .::::::: L ./ 7000

> >< b c
;:><:.
k-- /
/ /
::::::::. k-- b ~ /
/ ;; Inside diameter 6000
>< of gravity disc (Rill)
b k-- I>k"' //
b C" f>< :>v
850

-- -
5000

-- - --
b .::--- f>< j--.

800
['-.... 1--- r--_
1-- :----..
-- - 4000

3000

2000

750 1000

Feed rate (L/h)


152o
I I I
Jo 4o
I I I I 10I 8oI I 9oI tooI ·c
I
5o so
I • I
1'1'1 r11 • 1'.1' r ' ' l ' l ' l ' l l ' l ' l
I I

60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-18

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-21 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ70G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/or)
1000
b ....

---
t--
;....--
1--:::, k::- /
..c:::_
b <:::" /
~ ~~ /
950
b <:::" ;? c:::::.
/
/
b .::::::- P"'- t;:;> ~ /
/
b < -::. ~ ..c.
/
/
b k p<-
!--.:. 0::::::::: v v
b k-
;:><.
I> ~ v v
900
b ~ ;:><; > ~ L v /
t> k;:- ;:><; r-:,. ~ / v /
b k- I> c:: ./ v L
t> k;:- i>< 1:> k" /
v L

850
b K- p<: 17 v v
t:::> k--- J>< t'> V"".
t> k:- I>< r--
t-

r-- t-- -
j---....
r-- r--.. -
r-- r--
t-- t--
t-- t--
r--
800

750 1000

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100"C
Feed rate (L/h)
I I , I I I I I I I
t 1 I I ' I I I l 1 I I I I 1'1'1 I I I I I I I
1 1
I I I I I I I I

60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-19

.J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-22 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ1 OOG/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/or)
1000 22000
~"I":>,...
21000
t:> I<
b k::--
> 1<:
~ k::--
-
~,..--"'

? <::
/

/
/
/
-1/>113
-1/>116
20000
19000
18000

-
950 .--- / -1/>120 17000
> kk 1-:::. ...::::::
-1/>124 16000
> h 0:::::::: /

v /
/
15000
> k
~
1-::. 0::::::::
v /
-1/>129
14000
t:::> k ?""-- ----- 1-::. c"
v / 13000
t::::? 1<::::' ;:><:... b c:"
-1/>136
900
t> ~ I> ~ ,...- / v 12000

t> k' ;><..


I> c:: / v /
11000

t> k- I>k" /
;><..
/ v 10000
;><..
::::>k' ><I>k' -"v / Inside diameter 9000

850
::>k-- !'":> v v of gravity disc (mm) 8000
><
::>k:- r"> k-"
::> k- >< r--- - 7000

r--- ------ - r--- 1---


- r---
............ 6000

r--- ..._____
800
-- r-- 1---
1---
5000

4000

3000

2000

750 1000

15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 • c Feed rate (L/h)


I I I I I I I I
t't't'tt' t't' r••1•1 I 1 'II' 1 I 1
I I I I I I I I I I

60 8o 100 t2o t4o 160 180 200 · F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-20

l.t.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-23 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ120G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/of!)
1000
i"'::::o-
b ..:::::::: ___.
/
b c::::- _,-
-cfl113
_..
-
/ 22000
t::> k ...,.., ,.... - </l116
21000
b k::::- / -cfl120
950 ,.... 20000
t::> I< /
- q, 124
f:::::::, k !-'"' v v 19000

t::> k ~-""""- ~ k::.: v


v
v - q, 129 18000
17000
b k p<"-
~ k::.: v 16000
b k--- p<"- t--;, k::: v v -cfl136
15000
900
b k:-" p-c:;; b k::::: v / 14000
pc;;..
b k:-" p-<: k' I> /
v / 13000
b k- t> v v L 12000
b 1.:-- p-<: b k::-" /
v / Inside diameter 11000
b k:-" f>< t-::> v v of gravity disc (mm)
850
b k- f>< I'> v - 10000

- 9000
b k- f>< t--
r--- t-- - t-- t-- 8000
!'----
r--- t-- - r-- t--
r-- i - r--
7000

6000
800
5000

4000

3000

2000
750
Feed rate (l/h)
1520
I I
30
I I 70I 80I I 90I 100I • c
40
I I I
50
I
.1'1'1'11'1'1' r• '1'1'1 'II' 1 • 1
I I
60
I I I

60 ao 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-21

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-24 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ150G/GH (Fuel Oil: C Heavy Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)

--
1000 30000
--::::, 29000
--::::, <:::::" 28000
27000
:::::::. < /
-¢114 26000
:::::::. < ~
/
-¢118 25000
':> < _:;:;; .0:::::: /
950
--::::, -c::- ?""'- r----:, ..:::::: ,... /
-¢122 24000
23000
..... r--::, I.e: / -¢127 22000
':> < /
21000
:::>k --:::. k:::
;:>'<'- /
/ -¢134 20000
;:>'<'-
t::> k" ~ k::: ;;><..
/
/ 19000

900
t::> k::- '----:> k::-'" L
/
/ -¢142
18000
17000
t::> k- F"'< > K L
/
/
t::> k_:-- p<. > k::::' / v /
16000
15000
b k-- F"'< > ~ / v / 14000
t> k- i>< > c / v / Inside diameter 13000

> :c-- f><


> ~ - of gravity disc (mm)
850
~ .::::---- i>< t>
_... --
// 12000
11000

::> c i><1-- -- 10000

- -
--......... r---- t----- --:. 9000

800
r---- r-- -
--- - --
8000
7000
6000

5000

4000

3000

750 2000

1s2o
I I
3o 4o so so 10 8o 90 100
I I I ' I
I I I I I I I I I I I
·c Feed rate (L/h)
1'1' I '11'1'1'1' '1'1'1'11 1 1'1
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-22

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-25 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ1 OG/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/nt)

--
1000 ~'r--,,._ 3000

~ k::: _........ / v
~ k::-' ........... / v
2500
~ k::: ........... / v
1::::::: k _........ v v
950
r-::: k
r-::: k
b fS
t---, k
~
-
..........

...........
/
./
L
/
/

/
v

v
v
2000

---
1-_::: k / / /
900 1500
t--- k::- 1--" /
/
/ -¢74
t--- k::- L
/
/
7

r-:::: k I-- ....::::: /

-
/

r:::::: k /
1000
r-:::: k v t--
__... 6,..:::: / -¢78

1::::: k v
850 t--
__... b,...::::
t--- k
t--- r--.
-r--
1-- 1-- r-
1--

500

800 Inside diameter


of gravity disc (mm)

750 0

15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 • c Feed rate (L/h)


I I ' I I I ' I '
1•1 • r r11 I I I
• ,,,. r• •1• Ir ''' ,,,, I' ' I
t•J
60 so 100 l20 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-23

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-26 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ20G/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Dens i ty (kg/m3)
4000
1000 r-r-::,
'--:::: k-- v ~ v
3500
> k --- / v
-=:::::: k
............, k::::"--
------
~,.,..---':: /
950
..---- / 3000
--::::, k _.....,... / /

'--:.::: k . . . . _.....,... / v 2500


'--:.::: k --- _.....,... / /
--::::, k ,./ /
/
/

>
-
/
k ,./ / / 2000
900 ......__, /
k _./' -</>77
/
b k _.,-
...::::. /
~k / 1500
~ k:: /
/
-</>82
850 ':::::::: k
--:::::::: k
~k
,..-?"
- /

....- ~
r--- r--
/

1000

:---- t--. ----,__r--


Inside diameter 500
800
of gravity disc (mm)

750 0

15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 . c Feed rate (L/h)


I I
1'1'1'1
I I I I I
r 'I' I' r•
I ' I • '1'1'1
I I I I I
• 11 1 • 1
I
1 I

60 so 100 120 140 160 tao 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-24

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-27 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ30G/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)
1000 6000
r-- ':::':::: ..........
~ .....::::::: ___. e_ ,/ 5500
~ -=::::--- / ,/

--...., .-c:::::- ---- 5000


......_, .-c::::: :..---- /

950
:::::: .-c::::: ---
--
.....--
.....--
/
L
~

v
4500

....___.,
.-c::::: ...---- L ....-: 4000

-:::::: -<,.....
-
/
.....-- / v
-::::::: -<
....___.,
....::::-
-- .....--
/
/
/
/
3500

/ / -¢79 3000
900 /
-:::::: -< ,__... L lL

--
/ /
-:::::: -<
....___.,
.,-.-- L L -¢82 2500
~
/
L /
'::::: < """ -¢86 2000
:---, k:- ..-"'"
---- L /
850
~ k:-

b k
1---r--
v
---- ---
----- r- ,....:::::

1----
1500

1000
Inside diameter
of gravity disc (IIIII)
800
500

750 0

1520 30 40 50 c
60 Feed rate (L/h)
I I I I I I I 70I 80I I 90I 100.
I I I
1 • 1'1 • 11 • 1'1 • r• •1 • 1 • I'll • ,.,
I I I I

60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-25

J...SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-28 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJSOG/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)
12000
1000 r-r-::, ....
r-- k:-f- ......--- v 11000
,...-
1-::::: k ...-- /
I-- ~ v / v 10000
,...-
b k / v
950
1-- k ---- / v 9000
r---k ----
,.__. /
r-- k ...---- / v 8000
r--k ~ /
/
v
r--- k- !---' ..---- /
/
!.<:: -¢103
7000
900
r::: k v
r-- L /

r--- k- !---'
r-- k- v
-
__...

r-
/
L

L
/

/
/
/
/ -¢107.5
6000
/ ./ z
r--- k:- v 1--
__... ...c:::: /

~k v 1-- b,....:::: / -¢113 5000


850
....-
b k: v 1-- b-.c:::
---
1:::::k v 1-- 1--
1-- 4000
r--- t--- ~ 1--
t--
Inside diameter 3000
of gravity disc (mm)
800

2000

750 1000

15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 . c Feed rate (L/h)


I I
1'1
I
1
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I ' I
1'11 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 11 1 1 I
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 ·F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-26

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-29 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ60G/GH . (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)

1000 14000.
"""":::::
2 -<
....._, .......... / I"' 13000
-::::::: v v ,/

---=== ~ r-
---....,
.-- / v 12000

-<::"" .......... / v
950 ---, -<::"" .-- /
11000

""---:::-::::::: __... / v 10000


....._, -< /
....._, k .......... / v
/ 9000
_.....- / v
1- __... /
900 ---- -<::""
r---::
k:::-
_.....-
/

/
/
v
/
-t/>106.5 8000

r- ~ _../ /
/
7 7000
-t/>110.5
~ r<::::::: __.... l::,....e::: /
~ k:::-. -
__.... 1:,....::::
.-.?" 1--'-- b...:::::
/
-t/>115
6000
1':::: < /
r- <-- ..- t--
/
850
__.... b...::::: - 5000
1:::: k
- --
r--
I-- ,___ -- 1-
- Inside diameter
4000

800 of gravity disc (rrm) 3000

2000

750 1000

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100. c Feed rate (L/h)


.II 1 II' ' I rI I ' I I1 I'' 1I 1 I' 1 I '!
1 1 II 1' I rI I'I I1 I ' 1 II
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-27

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-30 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ?OG/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/m3)
16000
1000
--..,,....
~~ -- ...- / I-'"' 15000
"-:::: -- __......
k::- / v 14000
--::::: k ~ / v
950
t--:::, --
~
1----: k
k::-
kr- ---
~
/
/
/
v
v
v
13000

12000

11000
b --<:::: ~ /
v
v
~ --<:::: v 10000
b k:::: ~
--- /

L
/
/ -</>107.5
900
r-: '-<::::'"" f.-'" ..--- v
/
IL::
9000

t==: < v
,..-- /
-</>113 8000
!'::: < ,..-- /

---
!'::: < I-'" ,..-- b...:::
~ < I-'" '--::: ~
/
/ -</>119
7000

850
--- -
r---, ~ v ,..-- b.<::: -
....._
6000

-- -- -
1-::::: < !-?"" r--- 5000
1'--- r---
4000
Inside diameter
800
of gravity disc (11111)
3000

2000

750 1000

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100. c Feed rate (L/h)


l l I l I l I I •
111' ,,, ,, ' ' ' 'r•
I ,,,,,,
I I I I I I

•' '''''
I I

so 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-28

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-31 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ1 OOG/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/nr)
22000
1000
~'"'-Dr-- 21000
t---, k __.... v 20000
t---, k 1- _./ / v 19000
t-;:: ke- _./ / 18000
t-;:: ke- _./ / 17000
950
t-;:: k _./ / v 16000
t--- k- / v 15000
~k ----
_./ / v 14000
t::::: k _./
/
13000
r---, k- /
900
~k >--"' ---
/
/
-¢140.5
12000
11000
b k _./
L
./
/
/ 10000
b k ..-
1/
~k __..... ...::::.
-¢150 9000
V'" r - 6,...:::
850
b k ..- 6,...:::. / 8000
1'--: k- V'" t -
7000
v
r::: k:: - t-- t--
t
t - t-- r- 6000
t'--- t--..
Inside diameter 5000

of gravity disc (mm) 4000


800

3000 .

2000

750 1000

1s2o 30 40 so 5o 10 80 90 too·c Feed rate (L/h)


I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I ' I I I I I I I I' I I
I I I I I
I
I 1 I I '11 I I I I
I I

60 80 100 i20 140 160 180 200 · F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-29

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-32 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ120G/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Dens i ty (kg/m3)

1000 26000
r--r-::.,
25000
t:::::= k v v 24000
t:::::= 1-< ---- / v 23000
t:::::= 1-< v---- v 22000
t--- k~-' ..----- / v 21000
950
b k / v 20000

----
r- k:-~-' ..-----
---
19000
/ ~
r-::: k / v
18000
17000
1-:::::: k / v

-r:::-
/ 16000
900
1::::: k / L
-<1>140.5 15000
/
t"::::: k / L
14000
...<::: /
1::::: k -¢>146.5 13000

--
!--"" ...<::: /
b k 12000
~k /
-¢>153 11000
b k b,....:::: /
850
t:: k v t-::: - ~
10000

r::: kv=- r-- t-- r-- 9000

1-- r-- -r-- t-- r-- Inside diameter


8000

of gravity disc (mm) 7000

6000
800
5000

4000

3000

750 2000

1520 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100. c Feed rate (L/h)


I'
I1 1 I1 II 1 'I III 'I 1' 1 1I 1 r~
' 1 1 I I1 I' 1 'I III II 1'I 1I
60 so 100 120 140 160 180 200 · F
Separating temperature

Fig. 6-30

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-33 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
SELECTION NOMOGRAM OF GRAVITY DISC,
[Model SJ150G/GH (Lubricating Oil)]

Density (kg/or)
1000 30000
r--~- 29000
1---, k v 28000
1---, k
1-:::: k
1-
---
~

~
/
/
/
v 27000
26000
25000
1-::::k
- .......... / 24000
950 t---, k::' 23000
/
22000
b k
t-::: k
r- k::'
t-::: k
-
--
~

~
/

/
/

/
v
v
21000
20000
19000
18000.
17000
900
r--;:; k f.-"
/
/ -</l146.5
16000
1--:: k f.-"
/
/
15000
-</l153.
r- k:- /
....:::: /
14000
!'--: k:- v r- ~ / 13000

--
~
-</l160
b k r- ~
1--"' / 12000
850
!'-:::: k v r- b.<:: 11000

!'-:::: k 1--"' r- t-- t--


10000

r- r- 1-- 9000
1--t--.
Inside diameter 8000
of gravity disc (mm) 7000
800 6000

sooo
4000

3000

750 2000

1520 30 40 50 60 c Feed rate (l/h)


II I I I ' I '
I
1, i't'tt I
• 1• r• r•• l't't •I Iii,.,
I I I I ' 70 I
80 90
I
100.

60 80 100 ·120 140 160 180 200 •F


Separating temperature

Fig. 6-31

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-34 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.5 Water quality, pressure and volume of water used

Main seal ring


The usage of the water that SELFJECTOR
Main cylinder
uses is different according to the form and the
Pilot valve
feed liquid of the automation. Valve sheet
o Operating water for opening/closing bowl
o Sealing water
o Replacement water Bowl opening Watercourse for closing bowl
o Regulating water water pressure chamber

(when lubricating oil is treated) Bowl closing


water pressure chamber
o Bowl washing water Watercourse for opening bowl

(when lubricating oil is treated) Quadruple solenoid valve unit

(1 )The operating water for opening bowl


SV9 Operating water for opening bowl
The operating water for opening bowl is used to force
SV1 Operating water for onening bowl
down the main cylinder to open the bowl, letting out
sludge and water accumulated in the bowl in the "total SV2 Operating water for closing bowl

discharge" or "partial discharge". SV3

o In the case of total discharge, the operating water is - - Supply water

regulated by the solenoid valve SV1 and introduced into the


bowl opening water pressure chamber via feeding device. Fig. 6-32
o In the case of partial discharge (GSH-1 specification models only), the operating water is regulated
by the solenoid valve SV9 and introduced into the bowl closing water pressure chamber via feeding
device. When the bowl closing water pressure chamber has been filled up, the bowl opening water
overflows into the bowl opening water pressure chamber, depressing the main cylinder to open the
bowl instantly.
(2)0perating water for closing bowl
The operating water for closing bowl is used to force up the main cylinder to close the bowl. The bowl
closing water is regulated by the solenoid valve SV2 and introduced into the bowl closing water
pressure chamber via feeding device. The bowl closing water is introduced intermittently into the bowl
closing water pressure chamber for a predetermined period of time during purifier operation.
(3) Quantity of sealing water/regulating water and replacement water, washing water
o Sealing water is used to form a water phase in the bowl prior to performing a purifier-run and
prevent feed liquid from flowing out of the heavy liquid side when it is supplied.
o Replacement water is used to collect oils in the bowl before discharging sludge so that the oil loss
can be minimized.
o On lubricating oil purifier for G-HIDENS specifications, regulating water is supplied before oil feed.
o In the case of lubricating oil purifier, washing water is introduced into the bowl to clean the inside at
predetermined intervals of sludge discharge. Solids in the bowl are removed with washing water in
total discharge.

& CAUTION
If the sealing water and replacement water are not adequate in quantity;
o Oil loss during sludge discharge will increase.
o Water circulates over the light liquid side.
o Oil flows out from the heavy liquid side.
Therefore, be sure to set correct quantities of these waters.

lu.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-35 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.5.1 Operating water quality

ill CAUTION
• When hard water is used, scale will stick to on the inside surface of the water supplying
device, drain nozzle, or solenoid valve, which may cause various troubles.
• The harder the water, the more scales on the water supplying device and pilot valve. To
prevent it, the cleaning intervals should be as short as practically possible.

Since the operating water is used for the opening/closing valve of the purifier bowl, its quality should be
pure, transparent and soft water such that it can prevent the valve from scaling or corrosion.

Use that quality of operating water, as follows:


• Suspended substance max. 10 mg/L (Particle size max. 50 #m)
• Total hardness max. 6° dH (110 mg/L or less CaCOJ)
• pH 6.5 - 8.6
• Chloride Content max. 100 mg/L NaCI

6.5.2 Setting pressure of operating water


Use the following operation water pressure for each of automatic specifications.

Table 6-9
Set pressure
Automatic type Discharge type Required pressure
(Standard value)
Manual, GAP-11
Total discharge 0.3 MPa 0.35 to 0.5 MPa
GBC-1, GBC-2
Total and Partial
GSH-1 0.25 MPa 0.35 to 0.5 MPa
discharge

To adjust the operating water pressure, use the adjust screw on top of the reducing valve while reading
the valve's pressure gauge.

How to pressure adjustment with adjust screw


Turn clockwise: Pressure increases.
Turn counter-clockwise: Pressure decreases.

The reducing valve has been shop-adjusted for optimal water pressure according to manual and
automatic specifications shown in Table 6-9.

ill CAUTION
When setting or adjusting the operating water pressure during running, use the manual handle of
SV2 while running operating water for bowl closing. When the purifier is not running, perform
this with the operating water inlet tube (Teflon) removed. Otherwise, the operating water could
find its way to the gear case to damage bearings.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-36 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.5.3 Amount of water used

Table 6-10 shows the quantities of replacement water and sealing water for Manual, GAP-11, GBC-1,
GBC-2 Type.

Table 6-10
SJ50G SJ1 OOG
SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJ70G SJ150G
SJ60G SJ120G
Quantity of Sealing Water
1.2 1.3 1.6 3.5 4.0 8.4 8.0
CL I time)
Quantity of Replacement Water
0.6 1.0 1.6 2.8 3.7 7.8 9.5
(L I time)

Table 6-11 shows the quantities of regulating water and replacement water for GSH-1 Type. On
lubricating oil purifier for G-HIDENS specifications, regulating water is supplied before oil feed.

Table 6-11
SJSOGH SJ100GH
SJ10GH SJ20GH SJ30GH SJ?OGH SJ150GH
SJ60GH SJ120GH
Quantity of Regulating Water
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.3 1.6
CL I time)
Quantity of Replacement Water
for Total discharge 1.3 1.4 1.9 4.1 5.2 10.2 11.0
(L I time)
Quantity of Replacement Water
for Partial discharge 0.3 0.7 1.2 1.7 1.7
(L I time)

The quantities of washing water required by different models are as shown below.

Table 6-12
SJ50GIGH SJ100GIGH
SJ10GIGH SJ20GIGH SJ30GIGH SJ70GIGH SJ150GIGH
SJ60GIGH SJ120GIGH
Washing water
1.6 1.8 2.5 5.2 6.1 12.8 14.2
(L I time)

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-37 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
6.6 Sludge Discharge Interval

ill CAUTION
Plug

Too long sludge discharge intervals may cause defective separation and
mechanical damage on the unit.

Because the optimum sludge discharge interval varies with the operation method
and nature of the treated oil, etc., it is difficult to be uniformly determined.
Too long intervals may cause the contamination inside the bowl and result in the
left of sludge at discharging, on the contrary too short intervals may deteriorate
the operation performance. Fig. 6-33

NOTE
For determining an optimal discharge interval, it is recommended that trial running be carried out
for a certain length to decide the proper discharge interval after checking the sludge density of
treated oil.

& WARNING
Do not open this plug absolutely during a sludge discharge process.
Those are inserted in the sludge chute of the purifier main body (Refer Fig. 6-33).
When it becomes necessary to check the internal state of the frame, remove the plug.

6.6.1 Discharge Interval (Total discharge)

The general discharge intervals and amount of sludge discharge for the treatment of fuel and lubricating
oils by the manual type GAP-11 and automatic types GBC-1, GBC-2, and GSH-1 are as shown in Table
6-13 and Table 6-14, respectively.

Table 6-13
Fuel oil Lubricating oil
C Heavy Oil
A Heavy Oil 2 Cross-head engine Trunk piston engine
(380mm /s at50°C)
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Sludge discharge times
(time I day) 12 24 12 24
Sludge discharge interval
(min) 120 60 120 60
Bowl washing times
(time I day) 0 0 2 4

Table 6-14
SJ50GIGH SJ100GIGH
SJ10GIGH SJ20GIGH SJ30GIGH SJ70GIGH SJ150GIGH
SJ60GIGH SJ120GIGH
Amount of sludge
discharge (Litime) 2.0 2.5 3.5 7.5 8.5 17.5 20.5

.\.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-38 Operation & Maintenance Manual. Section2 Running
6.6.2 Discharge Interval (HIDENS specification)

For reference, Table 6-15 shows the general discharge intervals where a fuel oil or lubricating oil is
treated in automatic specification GSH-1 .
The automatic specification GSH-1 discharges sludge in the total discharge and separated water in the
partial discharge. In some cases, however, total discharge of separated water with sludge takes place,
depending on the amount of time spent for water detection. The lubricating oil treatment can include
post-total discharge the bowl washing process at a certain rate. The sludge discharge rates for different
types are generally as shown in Table 6-14, though they vary with the frequency of water detection.

Table 6-15
Fuel oil Lubricating oil
C Heavy Oil
A Heavy Oil 2 Cross-head engine Trunk piston engine
(380mm /s at 50°C)
Standard Standard Standard Standard
Sludge discharge times
(time I day) 12 24 12 24
Sludge discharge interval
(min) 120 60 120 60
Bowl washing times
(time I day) 0 0 2 4

NOTE
No the bowl washing process is included, except in lubricating oil treatment.

Table 6-16 shows the amount of separated water in the partial discharge.

Table 6-16
SJ50GH SJ1 OOGH
SJ10GH SJ20GH SJ30GH SJ70GH SJ150GH
SJ60GH SJ120GH
Amount of separated
water (L I time) 0.8-1.2 0.9-1.4 1.4-2.1 2.8-4.3 3.4- 5.0 6.9-10.3 7.7-11.5

& CAUTION
Operate the lubricating oil purifier continually as long as possible

Should the purifier be forced to stop for the reasons below, operate it for approximately 12 hours
with sludge discharged at 10 to 20 minutes intervals before setting hour discharge at standard
Intervals after taking into consideration of the system oil at the time of normal operation .
Length of Purifier Shutdown

Cross-head engine Trunkpiston engine


Restarting the engine and purifier after stopping
them in the anchorage or dock.(This is because
24 h or more 12 h or more
the sludge density increases at the inside bottom
of the sump tank due to natural sedimentation.)

Restarting the purifier after once stopping it


12 h or more 6 h or more
with the engine kept running.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-39 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 6-40 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7 Setting of Multi Monitor

7.1 Switch and memory for setting

7.1.1 Switch for setting

* Datum sensitivity VR Discharge measurement switch

* Discharge quantity setting switch 1. 50Hz I 60Hz selector switch


2. Partial ON/OFF selector switch

* Center voltage of discharge quantity settin switch

Pressure display lock switch Function setting switch


~ SW1 :Select F

~ SW2: Forward t
~ SW3: Backward t
~ SW4:Enter ~

Flow rate indication adjustment VR *


Power switch
Temperature indication adjustment VR *
D-sub connector

LM alarm output switch


[gQ} No water I heavy liquid detector function
~ Water detector function
* : Switch for our setting ~ Heavy liquid detector function (for optional use)

Fig. 7-1

Factory-set

Table 7-1
Selection range of
Setting items MM1 MM2 MM3
setting
Power switch NO I OFF OFF OFF OFF
LM alarm output switch NO I OFF OFF OFF OFF
DD alarm output switch NO I OFF - OFF OFF
Water detection output switch NO I OFF - - OFF
Temperature alarm output switch NO I OFF OFF OFF OFF
Rotation output switch NO I OFF - OFF OFF
Partial ON/OFF selector switch NO I OFF - OFF OFF
1 1
50Hz/60Hz selector switch 50Hz I 60Hz - 60Hz* 60Hz*
Note) * 1: The default value surely requires setting change according to machine specification and
operation conditions.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.1.2 Default of Setting Value

Factory-set default values for the respective preset items are as shown in Table 7-2

Table 7-2
Memory preset Selection range of
Setting items MM1 MM2 MM3
item number setting
1 1
1 Kinds of oil FO/ LO F0* F0* F0* 1

1OG,20G,30G,
2 SELFJECTOR model 50G,60G,70G, 10g*1 1Og*
1
10g*
1

1OOG, 120G, 150G


1OG,20G,30G,
3 Gear pump model g10* 1 g10*1 g1 0* 1
50G,70G, 1OOG
Minimum light liquid pressure
4 0.03-0.30 0.12* 1 0.12*1 0.12* 1
(MPa)
LM trigger pressure (..6.P)
5 0.01 o-o.o5o 0.02 0.02 0.02
(MPa)

6 Delay timer (sec) 5-120 40 40 40

7 Hold timer (sec) 5-120 15 15 15

Minimum WD pressure
10 0.010-0.10 - - 0.03
(MPa)
Maximum heavy liquid pressure
11 0.030-0.300 - - 0.05
(MPa)
WD trigger pressure (..6.W)
12 0.010-0.10 - - 0.05
(MPa)
1 1
13 Light liquid pressure (MPa) 0.03-0.30 0.15* 0.15*1 0.15*

14 Pressure averaging time (sec) 30-300 120 120 120

15 Flow correction coefficient 0.500-1500 1.000 1.000 1.000

Note) * 1: The default value surely requires setting change according to machine specification and
operation conditions.
Memory preset item number
2 : SJ model: As ?-segment indicators are used, "G" is represented by a character resembling "g".
SJ10G-10g
3 : GP model: Analogous to the SJ model (ex. GP1 OG - g1 0).
In case of using independent pump, please input the pump model number that has marked in the
"Part List for Orifice" of completion drawing to the Multi-Monitor.
8 : Processing temperature: Set at 40 if it is processed at a temperature below 40°C.
(Temperatures down to 10°C can be detected.)
14 : Pressure averaging time: Averaging of light liquid pressure figures.
Sampled at intervals of 60 (time setting).
Ex. Standard time setting at 120, means 120/60 and is sampled at intervals of 2 seconds.
15 : Flow correction coefficient: Usually, nothing is displayed.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.1.3 Setting change of memory

,& NOTE
During trial operation or whenever the operation conditions are changed, some memory settings
must be changed. (Asterisked abbreviations or figures in Table 7-2.)

During trial operation, the default memory values in Table 7-2 should be changed according to the
operation conditions and according to the multi-monitor model (MM1, MM2 or MM3) attached to the
selfjector as directed below. Whenever a change related to a memory setting is made in the operation
conditions, the pertinent memory setting should be changed as directed below.

Indicators on multi-monitor normally display:


Upper: "Flow rate"
Lower: "Inlet temperature" and "light liquid pressure" are displayed incrementally at intervals of 5
seconds

Accessing memory preset items and changing memory settings

(1) Press the function setting switch 4 (SW4: Enter) for 2 seconds and release it.
A preset item number appears in the upper ?-segment display while the current preset value is
indicated in the lower one.

(2) Press the function setting switch SW1 (switching).


The memory item number appears in the upper display (see Table 7-2).
Call up memory item numbers one after another until the pertinent item number appears.

(3) When the pertinent item number is displayed:


To go up the item number, press the function setting switch SW2.
The item number on the display will increase by the variable minimum unit.
To go down the item number, press the function setting switch SW3.
The item number will decrease by the variable minimum unit.

(4) The new settings will be finalized by pressing the function setting switch SW4 (finalizing).
(Press this switch for each of the items.)

Ju.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.2 Leakage Monitor Function (LM)

NOTE
The Leakage Monitor Function of the Multi-Monitor is a protective device that detects treated
oil leaking from the sludge outlet or heavy liquid outlet of the bowl by means of a pressure
sensor. Be sure to set LM correct to prevent a false alarm.

7.2.1 Setting Up the Leakage Monitor Function

Fig. 7-2 shows principal switches necessary for setting the Leakage Monitor Function.

Pressure display lock switch Function setting switch


[I] SW1: Select F

Seven-segment LED IIJ SW2:Forward t


Upper: Setting item number IIJ SW3: Backward '}
Lower: Set value [I] SW4: Enter ~

Power switch LM alarm output switch

OFF ON OFF ON

Fig. 7-2

Table 7-3
Switch Function Remarks
Power switch ON/OFF control of power
Power is turned on with the switch in ON position,
and off in OFF position.
LM alarm output ON/OFF control of LM Alarm is issued with the switch in ON position,
switch alarm output and not in OFF _position
Function setting Used to access preset Pressing SW1 indicates preset item number in
switch items in memory of the upper seven-segment display and current preset
Multi-Monitor and change value in lower. SW2 and SW3 select a new value
preset values. to replace existing value. Pressing SW4 registers
new value in memory.
Pressure display Change "the incremental Pressing this switch indicates the flow rate in
lock switch display" I "the locked upper seven-segment display and the light liquid
display". pressure in lower by fixed. IT is able to operate on
the Multi-Monitor panel.

.+..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.2.2 Setting of Memory

Table 7-4
Minimum
Memory Preset Setting Standard Factory
Description Unit step of
preset item item No. range value setting
adjustment
This is light liquid outlet
pressure. Pressure control LED
(yellow) on top of the 0.03
Light liquid Multi-Monitor flashes when
13 MPa 0.01 to 0.15 0.15
pressure actual light liquid outlet pressure 0.30
is within ± 15% of preset value
and is illuminated within ± 3%.
Alarm trigger level is b P lower
LM trigger than actual light liquid outlet 0.010
pressure 5 pressure. When actual light MPa 0.005 to 0.02 0.02
(bP) liquid outlet pressure falls below 0.050
this level, an alarm is issued.
This is the lower alarm limit level
Minimum of light liquid outlet pressure. 0.03
light liquid 4 When actual light liquid outlet MPa 0.01 to 0.12 0.12
pressure pressure falls below this limit, an 0.30
alarm is issued.
Alarm status is released as long
Delay 5
as set on delay timer until actual
6 sec 5 to 40 40
Timer light liquid outlet pressure is
120
stabilized after feed is started.
If actual light liquid outlet
pressure falls below alarm
trigger level or lower alarm
trigger limit during oil feed, alarm
status is released as long as set
5
Hold Timer 7 sec 5 to 15 15
on hold timer. When the timer is
120
up, an alarm is issued if pressure
is not back to normal. Timer
count is cleared if pressure is
back to normal within set time.

NOTE
Set minimum light liquid pressure using the following as a guide.

[Minimum light liquid pressure] = [Light liquid pressure]- [LM trigger pressure b P]- [A]

[A] = 0.01 to 0.02 MPa

lusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.2.3 Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment

To ensure proper functioning of the Leakage Monitor, the adjustment of


light liquid outlet pressure to the light liquid pressure level preset in the
Multi-Monitor (memory preset item No. 13) through back pressure
control valve is required. Carry out this adjustment as follows.

1. Accomplish pre-operational checks. (Refer to Section 8.1.4


"Inspections Prior to Running".)
2. Switch on the starter, automatic control panel (or alarm panel) and
Multi-Monitor in that order.
3. Set the MM function switch on the automatic control panel (or alarm <ID
panel, starter panel) to ON and the LM alarm output switch in
Multi-Monitor to OFF.
In addition the manual SELFJECTOR version with no alarm panel
has the MM function switch installed on the starter. Cable gland

4. Start the oil SELEJECTOR in accordance with the starting Proximity switch
procedure. Do not start feeding .until the rotation reaches the Fig. 7-3
rated speed.
5. While watching the flow rate display on the Multi-Monitor, adjust the bypass valve and flow rate
control valve for the feed rate specified for the SELFJECTOR being operated. At the same time,
fully open the back pressure adjustable valve (needle valve) at the light liquid outlet and record the
pressure at that point without fail.
6. Check that the feed liquid temperature is the preset value through the feed liquid temperature
display on the Multi-Monitor. If lower, pressure drops when the feed liquid reaches the preset
temperature and an alarm is shown some cases.
7. Press the pressure display lock switch on the panel (or the function setting switch SW1 in the
Multi-Monitor) to freeze the indications of flow rate and light liquid pressure in the upper and lower
seven-segment displays. While reading the light liquid pressure on the Multi-Monitor, accomplish
pressure adjustment to the level preset in the Multi-Monitor (refer to Section 7.2.2 ) through the
pressure control valve at the light liquid outlet.
8. Make fine adjustment of pressure through the back pressure control valve until the pressure control
LED (yellow) on top of the Multi-Monitor is illuminated. This LED flashes when pressure is within ±
15% of the level preset in the Multi-Monitor and is illuminated within ± 3%.
9. After the adjustment of light liquid outlet pressure is completed, press the pressure display lock
switch on the panel (or the function setting switch SW1 in the Multi-Monitor) again to release the
pressure display locked status. Set the MM function switch on the automatic control panel to OFF
and then to ON. After that,
CDThe MM function switch is made "OFF" from the state of "ON" once and it makes it to "ON"
again.
@LM alarm output switch of the multi monitor is made "ON".
@The cover of the multi monitor is installed.
When flow rate is adjusted to after feeding, it is following the procedure below.
MM function switch "OFF"- Pressure display lock switch is pushed. -(Flow rate is indicated in
upper of displays) [Accomplish flow rate adjustment] -Pressure display lock switch is pushed. -
MM function switch "ON"

Ja.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
NOTE
For a period of approximately 20 to 30 seconds after the MM function switch on the automatic
control panel (or the alarm panel or starter) is set to ON from OFF, the LED displays of the
Multi-Monitor remain blank, which is a normal transient phenomenon.

& CAUTION

1. The level of "light liquid pressure" preset in the Multi-Monitor is the "measured pressure
recorded in 5" plus LM trigger pressure Ll P (standard value: 0.02 MPa).
Be sure not to set it over 0.2 MPa. Setting over 0.2 MPa
may cause the light liquid to overflow the light liquid chamber. (Refer to Section 7.2.2 )
o Standard value for setting "light liquid pressure" is 0.15 MPa for fuel oil, and is 0.10 MPa for
lubricating oil.

2. The level of "minimum light liquid pressure" preset in the Multi-Monitor should be less than
the "light liquid pressure" mentioned above minus LM trigger pressure LlP.
This value must be higher than the "measured pressure recorded in 5." If it is equal to
or lower than the recorded level, the Leakage Monitor may fail to detect a leakage of treated
oil properly.
o Standard value for setting "minimum light liquid pressure" is as follows,
[Minimum light liquid pressure]
=[Light liquid pressure]- [LM trigger pressure Ll P]- [0. 01 to 0. 02] (MPa)

NOTE
o During daily check, contirm proper illumination of the pressure control LED (yellow) and
correct indication in the light liquid pressure on the Multi-Monitor.
o LM trigger pressure follows up pressure fluctuations due to pulsations during operation.
Even if the pressure control LED (yellow) flashes, therefore, the pressure need not be
adjusted.

Always check that the following timer setting is correct after oil feed is started.

7.2.4 Checking Timer Setting after Start of Feeding

o Delay timer
Ascertain that the time from the start of feeding after sludge discharge to the arrival of discharge side
pressure at preset level is shorter than the time preset on the delay timer.

NOTE1
Control fluctuations in the flow rate of feed liquid to the SELFJECTOR to be within + 0.01 MPa
in pressure equivalent.

NOTE2
Control feed liquid temperatures to be within ± 5% of preset level. Excessive fluctuations
change the feed liquid in viscosity to fluctuate light liquid outlet pressure as a result, possibly
affecting the output of the Leakage Monitor Function of the Multi-Monitor.

lu.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.3 Discharge Detector Function
The discharge detector function is variable according to the selfjector's automatic device specifications.
If the discharge detector function is provided as an option to the automatic devices GBC-1 and -2, the
multi-monitor MM2 detects faulty sludge discharge.
The discharge detector function for GSH-1 monitors faulty sludge discharge and the volume partially
discharged at the time the separated water is led out is measured to judge if the volume is appropriate.

NOTE
The Discharge Detector Function (DD) of the Multi-Monitor utilizes the reduction of the shaft
speed at discharging sludge. More specifically, if the horizontal shaft speed is not dropped
during sludge discharge, the detector recognizes it as a "No-Discharge" status by means of a
proximity switch. If the proximity switch is out of position or the switches are not set correctly, a
false alarm is happened.
(For the principle underlying the discharge detector function, see 5.3 Discharge detector function.)

Discharge detector function setting necessitates the Q)50Hz/60Hz selector switch


adjustment and verification of the revolution sensor. ®Partial ON/OFF selector switch
For GSH-1, the adjustment and verification of the 50Hz 60Hz

partial discharge volume is also necessary by ~ ~


means of the reducing valve in the operating water ~ ~
OFF ON
solenoid valve unit.
In short, the setting should conform to the
Alarm output switch
selfjector's specifications.
Rotation output switch

7.3.1 Switch for setting OFF ON

7.3.1.1 Setting Up the water Detector Function Power switch


Fig. 7-4 shows principal switches necessary for
setting the Water Detector Function of the
Multi-Monitor.
OFF ON

Fig. 7-4

Table 7-5
Switch Function Remarks
Power switch ON/OFF control of Power is turned on with the switch in ON
Multi-Monitor power. position and off in OFF position.

50Hz I 60Hz Selection of power Used to select appropriate power frequency for
selector switch frequency between 50Hz the SELFJECTOR between 50Hz and 60Hz.
and 60Hz.
Alarm output ON/OFF control of An alarm is issued with the switch in ON
switch discharge alarm output.. position, and not in OFF position.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Rotation display LED (green)
7.3.1.2 Proximity switch adjustment and checking. Trouble display LED (red)

1) Adjusting the Proximity Switch Position

Lock nut
The proximity switch is screwed directly in the gear (in case of with Gear pump)
pump housing (horizontal shaft cover where separate
pump is used) and fixed with a lock nut. Proximity switch
(Non contact micro switch)
When adjusting the position of proximity switch, please Multi-Monitor(MM)

do following procedure. CD
CD Lock nut is loosened.
~ Install proximity switch so that blue line on it turn to
the horizontal shaft side or the gear pump side.
® Set the proximity switch at a distance of 0.5-1.0
mm from the horizontal shaft. (See Fig. 7-5)
@ After the adjustment is finished, retighten the lock Usually 0.5-1.0mm
nut to fix the proximity switch.
The nut tightening torque should be less than 60 kg · em.

Blue line

Fig. 7-5

ill CAUTION

o The Discharge Detector is precision equipment. Take special cares so that it is not bumped
during handling.
o The proximity switch should be retained firmly with the screws.
(The fastening torque should be 60 kg ·em or less.)
o Make sure that the purifier is completely stopped before checking and adjusting, if
necessary, the installed position of the proximity switch.
o Do not use a proximity switch other than supplied with the SELFJECTOR.

2) Checking Proximity Switch Position


CD If the proximity switch is in proper position
o The rotation display LED (green) on top of the Multi-Monitor flashes while the sefjector is in
operation.
o The rotation display LED (green) is illuminated when the sefjector is stopped.
~ If the proximity switch is out of position -
o The trouble display LED (red) on top of the Multi-Monitor is lit when rated speed is reached.
Specifically, this LED is illuminated in either of the following cases.
(i) Input signal to the proximity switch is unstable - probable cause is the proximity switch being out of
position.
(ii) Proximity switch output exceeds 2,500 rpm in speed equivalent- probable cause is a circuit failure.
When the switch of SW2 and SW3 is pushed at the same time long like clause 5.1.3 , the rotational
speed is displayed in the indicator to confirm the rotational speed.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-9 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
3) Measuring Proximity Switch Output Voltage
Test pin REV ( Red +)
The installed position of the proximity switch can be Test pin GND (Black-)
accurately checked by measuring its output voltage.

Open then cover of the Multi-Monitor and measure


voltage across between the test pins [GND (black) and
[REV (red)] shown in Fig. 7-6 using a tester. oo
Table 7-6 shows test pin voltages versus power 0
frequencies when the proximity switch is in position.
O[QJ
o[QJ
Check the measured voltage reference to the correct O[QJ
voltage. o[QJ

Table 7-6
Frequency Voltage

60Hz Approx. DC3.5V

50Hz Approx. DC2.9V


Fig. 7-6

NOTE
When the tester reading exceeds DC4V, a circuit failure is suspected. In such case, contact MKK
service shop or us nearest to you.

7.3.2 Setting up the Partial Discharge Function

7.3.2.1 Switch for setting

* Datum sensitivity VR Discharge measurement switch


* Dischargr quantity
setting switch
Partial discharge confirmation LED
Iii OVER (LED red)
* Center voltage of discharge D JUST (LED green)
quantity setting switch
1!!1 UNDER (LED red)
D MEASURING (LED green)

1. 50Hz I 60Hz selector switch


Power switch 2. Partial ON I OFF selector switch

DD alarm output switch


OFF ON
~coo
OFF ON

* : Switch for our setting

Fig. 7-7

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-10 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Table 7-7
Switch Function Remarks
ON I OFF control of Power is turned on with the switch in ON
Power switch Multi-Monitor power. position and off in OFF position.
Selection of power Used to select appropriate power frequency
50Hz I 60Hz
frequency between 50Hz for the SELFJECTOR between 50Hz and
selector switch
and 60Hz. 60Hz.
DD alarm output ON/OFF control of An alarm is issued with the switch in ON
switch discharge alarm output. position, and not in OFF position.
Constant monitoring of Constant monitoring is effected with the
partial charge for optimal switch in ON position and stopped in OFF
Partial ON I OFF quantity. position. Whether or not partial discharge is
switch optimal is indicated through partial discharge
LEDs.
A push button for Measurement is enabled only when partial
Discharge effecting one-time ON/OFF switch is in OFF position. Whether
measurement measurement of or not partial discharge is optimal is indicated
switch discharged quantity through partial discharge LEDs. This switch
during partial discharge. is mainly used for adjustments at trial run.

7.3.2.2 Partial Discharge Setting/Adjustment (GSH-1)


Partial discharge (amount of sludge) adjustment can be accomplished through pressure control by the
reducing valve for operating water. The Multi-Monitor (MM3) tells whether or not partial discharge is
optimal.
1. Set the timer (T011) of the control panel to 0.6 sec.
2. Set the reducing valve connected to the solenoid valve unit for secondary pressure at a standard
preset level of 0.25 MPa.
NOTE
The primary pressure of the supply water line should be 0.35 to 0.5 MPa.
The supply water pressure over 0. 75 MPa could cause a reducing valve failure.

To adjust the reducing valve for optimum secondary pressure, use the adjust screw that is exposed if the
seal on top of the valve is removed. Turning the adjust screw as required, set the reducing valve for
desired pressure while reading its pressure gauge. Turning the adjust screw clockwise increases the
secondary pressure and a counter-clockwise turn decreases it.
Proper pressure setting on the reducing valve provides the discharge rates of Table 6-16 "Separated
Water Discharge Rates (Partial Discharge)". After pressure setting/adjustment, check through the
Multi-Monitor that sludge discharge is optimal in accordance with next section "Measure of the amount
of partial discharge".

Quadruple solenoid valve unit


AdJust screw

SV9 Operating water reducing valve

SVl Pressure gauge

SV2

SV3

Fig. 7-8

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-11 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
NOTE
• After setting the reducing valve for operating water for secondary pressure to 0.25 MPa,
(shop-adjusted) be sure to confirm that the amount of discharged sludge is in the
appropriate range.
• Increasing the reducing valve secondary pressure increases sludge discharge.
To decrease, lower the pressure.
• After the SV2 solenoid valve is closed, the pressure of the operating water reducing valve
may increase, but this is not abnormal.

7.3.2.3 Measure of the amount of partial discharge


The measure of the partial discharge is available only in the automatic control (GSH-1) system.
For measuring it, there are two methods:
1. Continuous measurement during normal operation.
2. One-time measurement for discharge adjustment or check
In this paragraph, the procedure for one-time measurement will be described. Before measure of the
partial discharge, make sure that the sensor is in position by reference to "7.3.1.2 Proximity switch
adjustment and checking." in this manual.

ill CAUTION
Described below is the general procedure for checking the amount of partial discharge. Prior to
starting operation, be sure to refer to Section 8 "Operation" in this manual. Given instructions
are subject to the SELFJECTOR being ready to start. (The piping had completed for operation).

1. Turn the power switches on in order of the starter, automatic control panel and Multi-Monitor.

2. Remove the front cover of the Multi-Monitor and check that all internal switches are in the designated
positions.
1) Check that the 50Hz/60Hz selector switch is in the position of power frequency for the
SELFJECTOR.
2) Turn the DO alarm output switch OFF.
3) Turn the Partial ON/OFF switch OFF.

NOTE
Each model of the SELFJECTOR has a different range of optical discharge.
Correct measurement cannot be performed without proper settings. (Refer to Section 7.1.1 )

3. Start the SELFJECTOR in accordance with the start-up procedure described in Section 8
"Operation".

4. Confirm that the SELFJECTOR has entered into purifier operation. Purifier operation is started in
response command signals received by the Multi-Monitor from the automatic control panel, when the
confirmation LED for input signal "Feeding"(green) in the Multi-Monitor and the "Rotation Display
LED"(green) on the Multi-Monitor are illuminated.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-12 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
5. When the Discharge measurement switch in the Multi-Monitor is pressed the green "Measuring" LED
of the confirmation LED for partial discharge quantity is illuminated. This indication means that the
purifier is ready for measurement.

6. Then, press the "DISCHG.TEST" push button on the automatic control panel.

7. The sequence of the automatic control panel proceeds to the "sludge discharge" process and sludge
discharge takes place.

8. The revolution sensor (proximity switch) installed in the purifier measures a drop in horizontal shaft
speed and the amount of discharge sludge.

9. The input is indicated through appropriate Partial Discharge LED in the Multi-Monitor; red LED for
"OVER", green LED for "JUST" or red LED for "UNDER". (See Reference)

10. If "OVER" LED (red) or "UNDER" LED (red) is illuminated, regulate the secondary pressure of the
reducing valve for operating water (refer to Section 7.3.2.2 and perform above operations from
Step 5 downward to adjust the quantity of discharge until the "JUST" LED (green) is illuminated.

11. When the measurement is continuously adjusted after the adjustment is finished, turn partial
ON/OFF switch off.

NOTE
A change in reducing valve setting must be followed by discharge tests to have line pressure
stabilized before proceeding to discharge measurement.

[Reference]
Control I LED Function

Setting to ON effects constant monitoring to determine


Partial ON I OFF switch whether or not discharge is proper. With the switch in OFF
position, there is no monitoring of discharge.
Used for one-time measurement of sludge discharge. With
Partial ON/OFF switch in OFF position, pressing this switch
Discharge measurement switch
once effects measurement of sludge discharge only once,
with "Measuring" LED (green) illuminated.
Partial OVER (red) Lit when discharge is more than preset.
discharge JUST (green) Lit when discharge is optimal as preset.
confirmation UNDER (red) Lit when discharge is less than preset.
LED MEASURING (green) Lit when discharge measurement switch is pressed.

NOTE
Partial "ON" I "OFF" switch doesn't work in the state of "ON" even if Discharge measurement
switch is pushed

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-13 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.4 Water Detector Function (WD)

7.4.1 Switch for setting


Described below is the pressure sensor type Water Detector (G-HIDENS system) incorporated in the
automatic control panel GSH-1/Multi-Monitor MM3 system configuration.
Fig. 7-9 shows principal switches necessary for setting the Water Detector Function of the Multi-Monitor.

0
00
~[QJ
0~~
Seven-segment display CJ Function setting switch
~CJ
~ CJ
Upper: Setting number CJ IQj SW1 :Select F
Lower: Set value
IQJ SW2: Forward t
IQJ SW3 :Backward '}
IQJ SW4 : Enter ~
Water detection output switch
Water detector selector dial
~coo
OFF ON
rtTi\1
No water I heavy liquid
~ detector function
Power switch
Ie; I Water detector function
[@]~
OFF ON
~ Heavy liquid detector function
~ (for optional use)

Fig. 7-9

Table 7-8
Switch Function Remarks

ON/OFF control of Power is turned on with the switch in ON


Power switch Multi-Monitor power. position and off in OFF position.

Selection between working Set the switch to working of the Water


Water detector and no working of Water detector function in clarifier operation and
selector dial Detector function. to no working in purifier operation.
ON/OFF control of Water An output signal is issued with the switch
Water detection detection·output signal. in ON position, and not in OFF position.
output switch

Used to access memory Pressing SW1 indicates the preset item


preset item in the number in upper seven-segment display
Function setting Multi-Monitor and change and current preset value in lower. SW2
switch preset value. and SW3 select new preset value to
replace existing value. Pressing SW4
registers new preset value in memory.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-14 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
7.4.2 Setting of Memory

Table 7-9
Minimum
Memory Preset Setting Standard Factory
Description Unit step of
preset item item No. range value setting
adjustment
This is the trigger level for
pressure sensor installed in
circulation line. When pressure
in circulation line falls below
Minimum this level , pressure sensor 0.01
WD 10 detects accumulated water in MPa 0.01 to 0.03 0.03
pressure bowl having reached the 0.10
predetermine level and issues
an output signal.

Water Detection trigger level is


WD trigger 11 W lower than actual 0.01
circulation line pressure. If
pressure 12 MPa 0.005 to 0.05 0.05
actual circulation line pressure
(11W) falls below this level , an alarm 0.10
signal is issued .

7.4.3 Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve


Ana I ogue type
pressure gauge

1. Turn the MM function switch on the automatic


control panel (GSH-1} OFF. Heavy I i quid
connecting p i p i ng
2. Operating the function setting switches, check that
preset Water Detection trigger pressure ( 11 W :
memory preset item No. 12) and minimum water
detection pressure (memory preset item No. 10)
are correct. If not, reset them.
3. Turn the Water Detector selector dial to "Water
detector function" position for working of the Water
Detector Function .
4. Water detector selector dial is put into the state of
Water detector function
5. While reading the analog pressure gauge installed Fig. 7-10
at the circulation line, adjust the circulation line
back pressure valve for a back pressure of 0.1 MPa.
6. After circulation line pressure adjustment is finished , return the MM function switch on the automatic
control panel (GSH-1) ON to make the Water Detector Function operative. Finally , reinstall the cover
of the Multi-Monitor.

A SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-15 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
ill CAUTION
Before operating the SELFJECTOR, make sure that the G-HIDENS gravity disc installed in the
bowl is suitable for its type. A wrong gravity disc may cause outflow of treated oil to the sludge
outlet or the motor being overloaded

7.4.4 Setting Up the Electrostatic Capacity Type Water Detector

1. When the electrostatic capacity type Water Detector is used, set the following switches in the
Multi-Monitor in respective positions.
(i) Water Detector selector dial: "No water I heavy liquid detector function" position
(ii) Water Detection output switch: "OFF"
2. Set [Water Detector] switch on the automatic control panel (GSH-1) to AUTO or MANUAL.
3. Press [Start Water Detector Control] push button to make the Water Detector ready for control.

ill CAUTION
Do not operate the SELFJECTOR without installing necessary parts for clarifier operation in the
bowl first.
Lack of clarifier parts causes light liquid to flow out to the heavy liquid side.

.\.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 7-16 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8 Operation

8.1 Inspections Prior to Running

ill CAUTION
The purifier should be operated under optimum conditions to suit the nature of the treated oil.
For each purifier type or specification, there are design limits for flow rate, pressure,
temperature, etc. Operation beyond these limits could put the purifier in a dangerous state.

8.1.1 Pipe connections

Make sure that the oil pipes, operating water pipes, and air pipes are correctly comeeted and that the
joints are firmly tightened. (Refer to the attached document & drawing.)

NOTE
o Check if the operating water pipes for opening/closing bowl are not connected the wrong
way, i.e. one for the other.
o Make sure that a 60 to 100 meshes strainer is attached in front of the gear pump.
o Make sure that a butterfly valve is mounted on the sludge outlet pipe.

8.1.2 Electrical wiring

Make sure that the wiring has been done correctly. (Refer to the attached document & drawing.)

8.1.3 Flushing

Flush the inside of pipes connected to the purifier (oil delivery, water supply and compressed air lines) to
completely remove foreign matters from them.

ill CAUTION
If the purifier is re-started after an insufficient flushing, the following malfunctions may occur:
o Damage to the gear pump and frequent breaks of the safety joint.
o Damage to the main cylinder seat surface and the main seal ring.
o Damage to the valve seat surface.

NOTE
Before flushing, disconnect the primary side connection flange from the operating water
pressure reducing valve to prevent ingress of water into the bowl from the water supplying
device during flushing.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.1.4 Inspections prior to running (confirmation)

ill CAUTION

Always confirm the following subjects prior to running the purifier.

1. Make sure that an appropriate gravity disc has been employed in the bowl. (Refer to Section 6.4 )
2. Refill an appropriate type of lubrication oil in the gear case. This oil quantity should be confirmed
with the oil gauge.
3. Make sure that the primary pressure of compressed air supply pressure is between 0.5 and
0.9MPa.
4. Open the source valve on the operating water pipe to make sure the pressure.

Automatic Set pressure Required operating


Discharge mode
configuration (Standard value) water pressure
Manual, GAP-11
Total discharge 0.3 MPa 0.35 ...... 0.5 MPa
GBC-1, GBC-2
Total discharge and
GSH-1 0.25 MPa 0.35 ...... 0.5MPa
Partial discharge

5. Either operate the solenoid valve or manually operate the respective valve to make sure that the
operating water for opening I closing bowl is properly flowing out. (Refer to Fig. 2-2, Fig. 2-4)
(Check before the bowl is installed, with the operating water inlet pipe disconnected.)
6. Disconnect the sealing water pipe (steel pipe) and measure the quantity of the sealing water
and replacement water.
(Refer to Section 6.5.3 )
7. Make sure that the brake is in the non-braking position.
8. Make sure that the SELFJECTOR has been properly assembled with bolts completely tightened.
(Refer to Section 10.2 .)
9. Make sure the direction of revolution.
Turn on the starter. Start the motor and stop it simultaneously (within 3 seconds) and check that the
rotating direction of the motor or horizontal shaft is the same as the arrow n the SELFJECTOR
frame.
10. In case of automatic specification, power on the control panel and make sure that the timer
setting value is appropriate.
11. Set the power switch of the Multi-Monitor to ON, and check that all the switches in the Multi-Monitor
are in proper positions and necessary memory preset items/values are correctly set.
(Refer to Section 7 .)
12. Fully open the inlet valve, outlet valve, and by-pass valve of the oil pipe.
13. Open the butterfly valve at the sludge discharge outlet.

kSELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
& CAUTION

Before resuming operation after the bowl has been overhauled and reassembled, confirm the
following.

1. Make sure that the cap nut tying the bowl and vertical shaft together is tightened firmly.
2. Make sure that the alignment marks (stamped OJ on the bowl are in the same direction.
(Refer to Section 10.2)
3. Assemble the bowl into the vertical shaft, check the height, and make sure that the bowl can
be easily rotated by hand.
4. Make sure that the joints and traps (sludge cover) of the piping are firmly tightened.
(Refer to Section 10.2)
5. Make sure that the union nuts and cover nuts of the inlet pipe are firmly tightened.
(Refer to Section 10.2)

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.2 Start-Up

8.2.1 Precautions on start-up

ill CAUTION

Prior to starting operation, absolutely carry out the inspection in accord once with Section 8.1
"Inspections Prior to Running".

Note the following points at the start-up.

Subject Measures
Operation sound When an abnormal sound is heard, immediately stop the operation and
inspect the purifier and identify the cause.
Vibration Vibration may temporarily occur just after start-up, however, this is not
an anomaly.
It will be reduced when the rated number of revolution is achieved.
At the rated number of revolution if the vibration is large, immediately stop
the operation and inspect the purifier and identify the cause.
If feed liquid is being supplied, I stop it because I am dangerous, and I do
not discharge sludge, and please stop a purifier immediately.
Start-up time Small-size (SJ10G/GH - SJ30G/GH) and medium and large-size
(SJSOG/GH - SJ150G/GH) purifiers respectively reach their rated speeds in
less than 5 minutes and less than 10 minutes with current stabilized at 50 to
70% of the rated level. If the purifier fails to reach its rated speed despite the
lapse of more than 10 minutes, stop it in accordance with given stopping
procedure and check the friction clutch.

8.3 Stop

8.3.1 Precautions on stop


Before the bowl is stopped, it may be confirmed that the purifier may vibrate at certain low speeds
temporarily. This is a transient phenomenon and normal.

ill WARNING

Before disassembling or checking, make sure that the purifier is completely stopped and turn the
power switch of the starter off. The stop of the purifier can be checked from the gear pump safety
joint or motor fans.

NOTE
Refer to the Section 13 for the inspection procedure.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.4 Automatic Specification (GBC-1, GBC-2)

Electric
Automatic Power source
control panel ·~ V!l\
,--r-r---- §!J!!Ji#rJ1f!II!l!lt

t
c

B<E--

A-+
I ~ VlO
I
'--~----J

G<E--
r
vs
I I
t t
•I Option otJ'JJ J
F D

Fig. 8-1

1 Equipment 2 Connection 3.Symbol


1 Selfjector A Dirty oil inlei(FO.: from Settling tonk, LO.: from Sump tonk) [X] Globe valve

2 Operating water solenoid valve unit B Purified oil oullei(FO: to Service tonk, LO.: to Sump tonk) 1"--J Check valve

3 Multi-Monitor c Compressed air inlet (0.5~0.9 MPo) J;; Cock

D
*
Sludge ond woter outlet Needle valve

vs Flow adjustable valve E Water inlet (0.35~0.5 MPo)


~ Pressure reducing regulator

V6 Pressure adjustable valve F Operating water drain


~ 2-woy solenoid valve

V7 Feed inlet valve G Circulotion(FO.: to Settling lank, LO.: to Sump tonk)


~ 3-woy solenoid valve

vs By-pass valve c; 3-woy cylinder valve

V9 Operating water inlet valve w Strainer

V10 Sludge discharge valve z Butterfly valve

SV1 Bowl opening solenoid valve § Duplex type strainer

SV2 Bowl closing solenoid valve e Pressure gauge

SV3 Sealing water solenoid valve © Compound gouge

i&D Motor
SV4 3-woy solenoid valve
- - Oil line
CV1 Feed valve
- - Sludge and drain line

LM Leakage-Monitor
-- Water line

Capillary line
DD Discharge-Detector (Option)
~

~
Air line
- - - Electric wiring

-D Sensor

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.4.1 Start-up

Use the following procedure for start-up.

Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves [VS, V6, V7, V8, V9, and V1 OJ are fully open.

Step 2
Operation Check item
Set power switches of the starter, automatic control Make sure that power to the starter, automatic
Ipanel and Multi-Monitor to ON in that order. control panel and Multi-Monitor is on.

Step 3
Operation Check item
Turn the MM function switch on the control panel Always operate this switch as described when feed
ON and the LM alarm output switch OFF. liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
necessary to adjust.

Step4
Operation Check item
Depress the [START] button on the starter to start Make sure that the operation sound and vibration
up the purifier. are normal.
After the start-up make sure that the current value
are stable from 50 to 70% of the rating.

NOTE
Usually the rated number of revolution can be achieved 5 to 1o minutes following the start-up.

Step 5
Operation Check item
Start the oil heater. Make sure that the feed liquid is circulated in the oil
heater and heated UQ to the set temperature.

NOTE
Such as marine diesel oil does not have to be heated.

Step 6
Operation Check item
Depress the [AUTO.START] push button on the Processes of [Opening bowl] => [replacement
automatic control panel. water] => [Discharge] => [Sealing water] =>
[Feeding) will advance in this order.
Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
current reading or discharge sound.

s tep 7
Operation Check item
After making sure that the purifying-run is started, Check that the flow rate displayed on the
regulate the by-pass valve V8 to a specified feed Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
rate. Make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet side
If flow rate cannot be adjusted with a by-pass valve when V6 is fully open.
va alone, open the va fully and regulate the flow After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out in
control valve VS to a specified feed rate. the sludge outlet side and heavy liquid outlet side.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
& WARNING
The valve either flow adjustable valve V5 or bypass valve VB should be full opened. The exhalation
pressure of the supply pump rises abnormally when driving while opening half to either valve, and there
is a case where oil leaks from the pump oil seal part with the machine.

NOTE
Always make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet side when V6 is fully open. This is necessary for
Leakage Monitor Function adjustment of the Multi-Monitor.
When setting up the Leakage Monitor (LM), refer to Section 7.2 "Leakage Monitor Function".

Step 8
Operation Check item
Push the switch for always displaying the pressure The pressure of right liquid outlet is always
valve. displayed at the bottom of the panel.

NOTE
When MM function switch is turned ON or OFF, fixed display of the pressure of right liquid outlet is
released.

Step 9
Operation Check item
Throttle down the pressure adjustable valve V6 for The pressure adjustment LED (green) on top of the
the light liquid pressure level present in the Multi-Monitor starts flashing when the pressure is
Multi-Monitor. Then, change the MM function within ± 15% of the set pressure, and changes to
switch on the control panel from OFF to ON and continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.
following to set the LM alarm output switch in the
Multi-Monitor to ON.

NOTE
After the feed oil is supplied and the temperature is stabilized (approximately 5 minutes), check once
again that the light liquid pressure is within 15% of the level present in the Multi-Monitor (the pressure
adjustment LED flashing or continuous lighting). When the pressure is readjusted, adjust V6 with
checking the pressure adjustment LED.

ill CAUTION
When you adjust pressure on the light liquid exit side during purified operation refer to section
7.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".

STEP 10
Operation Check item
If the Multi-Monitor has the Discharge Detector Make sure that the Rotation display LED (green)
Function, turn the DO alarm output switch in the on top of the Multi-Monitor is flashing. Make sure
Multi-Monitor ON. that the Trouble display LED (red) turns off.

NOTE (MM2: Optional specification)


If the rotation display LED (green) does not flash or the trouble display LED (red) is lighting, the sensor is
out of position, or the sensor circuit is out of order. Take appropriate action in accordance with Section
7.3.1.2 orSection14.12.5 inthismanual.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.4.2 Stop

ill WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the
bearing section) is confirmed, stop the purifier as soon as possible by depressing the
"Emergency Stop" push button.

Stop the purifier with the following procedure.

Step 1
Operation Check item
Depress the [AUTO.STOP] push button on the The feed liquid valve CV1 closes and the
automatic control panel. sequential process of [Replacement] =>
[Discharge] => [Stop] automatically follows.
Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
current reading and discharge sound.

Step 2
Operation Check item
Stop the oil heater.

Step 3
Operation Check item
After making sure that the SELFJECTOR Also make sure that the other valves and cocks are
completely stops, close both the feed liquid inlet closed.
valve V7 .and butterfly valve V1 0.

NOTE
Whether the SELFJECTOR stops or not can be confirmed with either the safety joint at the
horizontal shaft gear pump or the motor fan.
As the Discharge Detector Function is included in the MM2 system, the rotation display LED
(green) on top of the Multi-Motor changes from flashing to constant lighting to tell that the
SELFJECTOR has been stopped.

Step 4
Operation Check item
Turn power switches off in order of the Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor,
Multi-Monitor, automatic control panel and starter. automatic control panel and starter has been cut
off.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.5 Automatic Specification (GSH-1)

Electric
power source
Automatic Starter
contro I panel
§i!J#JIHffill!J!il: ''I
I I

~--~-=--=-~-=--=--=--=--=--=-~-=,--~----=-~-=-=_=_=_=_=_=_=_=-~-~---
I I
I
I
I
I 3
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
c
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I 10
I I
I
13 ___ J
I

B<E----

I
IL
11 ______ j

vs
I I
t t
F D
Fig. 8-2

1 Eauioment 2 Connection 3 Symbol


1 Selfjector A Dirty oil inlet(FO.:from Settling tonk, LO.:Irom Sump tonk) w Globe valve

2 Operating water solenoid valve unit B Purified oil outlet(FO.: to Service tonk, LO.: to Sump tonk) 1'-j Check valve

3 Multi-Monitor c Compressed air inlet (0.5--.0.9 MPa) c*i Cock

vs Flow adjustable valve D Sludge and water outlet i>f:J Needle valve

V6 Pressure adjustable valve E Water ;nlet (0.35~0.5 MPo)


c% Pressure reducing regulator

V7 Feed inlet valve F Operating water drain ; 2-way solenoid valve

VB By-pass valve G Circulotion(FO.: to Settling tonk. LO. to Sump tonk)


ri 3-way solenoid valve

V9 Operating water inlet valve ; 3-way cylinder valve

V10 Sludge disch orge valve


w Strainer

V11 Shut off valve (G-HIDENS spec. only) ~ Butterfly valve

V12 Bock pressure valve (G-HIDENS spec only) § Duplex type strainer

SV1 Bowl opening solenoid valve e Pressure gouge

SV2 Bowl closing solenoid valve © Compound gouge

SV3 Sealing water solenoid valve ~ Motor

SV4 3-way solenoid valve - Oil line

SV9 Partial bowl opening solenoid valve - Sludge and drain line

CV1 Feed valve - Water line

LM Leakage-Monitor ~ Capillary line

DO Discharge-Detector (Option) ~ Air line

WD Water-Detector - Electric wiring

-o Sensor

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-9 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.5.1 Start-up

Use the following procedure for start-up.

Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves [VS, V6, V7, va, V9, V1 0 and V11] are fully open and that the
valve V12 is fully closed.
Prior to clarifier operation with the G-HIDENS type SELFJECTOR, make sure that the valve V12 is fully
open and the valve V11 is fully closed.

Step 2
Operation Check item
Turn power switches ON in order of the starter, Make sure that power to the starter, automatic
automatic control panel and Multi-Monitor. control _panel and Multi-Monitor is on.

Step 3
Operation Check item
Turn the MM function switch on the control panel Always operate this switch as described when feed
ON. Then turn the LM alarm output switch and liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
water detection output switch in the Multi-Monitor necessary to adjust.
OFF.

Step 4
Operation Check item
Depress the [START] button on the starter to start Make sure that the operation sound and vibration
up the purifier. are normal.
After the start-up make sure that the current value
falls within so to 70% of the rating.
NOTE
Usually the rated number of revolution can be achieved from 5 to 10 minutes following the start-up.

Step 5
Operation Check item
Start the oil heater. Make sure that the feed liquid is circulating in the
oil heater and heated up to the given temperature.

Step 6
Operation Check item
Depress the [AUTO.START] push button on the Processes of [Closing bowl] => [replacement
automatic control panel. water] => [Discharge] => [Sealing water] =>
[Feeding] will advance in this order.
Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
current reading or discharge sound.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-10 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Step 7
Operation Check item
After making sure that the purifier-run is started, Check that the flow rate displayed on the
regulate the by-pass valve V8 to a given feed rate. Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
If flow rate cannot be adjusted with a by-pass valve Make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet
V8 alone, after the V8 is fully opened, regulate the side when V6 is fully open.
flow control valve V5 to a given feed rate. After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out in
the sludge outlet side and heavy liquid outlet side.

ffi WARNING
The valve either flow adjustable valve V5 or bypass valve V8 should be full opened. The exhalation
pressure of the supply pump rises abnormally when driving while opening half to either valve, and there
is a case where oil leaks from the pump oil seal part with the machine.

NOTE
Always make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet side when V6 is fully open. This is necessary for
Leakage Monitor Function adjustment of the Multi-Monitor.
When setting up the Leakage Monitor (LM), refer to Section 7.2 "Leakage Monitor Function".

Step 8
Operation Check item
Push the switch for always displaying the pressure The pressure of right liquid outlet is always
valve. displayed at the bottom of the panel.

NOTE
When MM function switch is turned ON or OFF, fixed display of the pressure of right liquid outlet is
released.

Step 9
Operation Check item
Throttle down the pressure adjustable valve V6 for The pressure adjustment LED (green) on top of the
the light liquid pressure level set in the Multi-Monitor starts flashing when the pressure is
Multi-Monitor. within ± 15% of the set pressure, and changes to
continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.

NOTE
After the temperature of feed liquid being fed is stabilized (approximately 5 minutes), check once again
that the light liquid pressure is within 15% of the level present in the Multi-Monitor (the pressure
adjustment LED flashing or continuous lighting). Readjust the pressure, if necessary, through V6 while
watching the pressure adjustment LED.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-11 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
step 10
Operation Check item
Adjust the circulation line pressure to 0.1 MPa Check that adjusted pressure is correct on the
through the circulation line back pressure valve analog pressure gauge installed on the circulation
V12. line (lower hood of the frame).
Set the water detector selector dial in the
Multi-Monitor to working of the water detector
position, and change the MM function switch on
the control panel from OFF to ON. And then turn
the LM alarm output switch and water detection
output switch in the Multi-Monitor ON,

& CAUTION
When you adjust pressure on the light liquid exit side while purified operation, refer to section
7.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".

& CAUTION
Setting the circulation line pressure over 0.15 MPa could result in the light liquid flowing out to
the sludge side or the motor being overloaded.

& CAUTION
When adjusting the circulation line pressure to a level over the WD trigger pressure refer to
section 7.4.3 "Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve".

Step 11
Operation Check item
Set the DD alarm output switch in the Multi-Monitor Make sure that the Rotation display LED (green)
to ON. on top of the Multi-Monitor is flashing.
Make sure that the Trouble display LED (red)
turns off.

NOTE
If the rotation display LED (green) does not flash or the trouble display LED (red) is lighting, the sensor
out of position or a sensor circuit failure is probable cause. Take appropriate action in accordance with
Section 7.3.1.2 or 14.12.5 in this manual.

iuSELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-12 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.5.2 Stop

ill WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the
bearing section) is confirmed, stop the purifier as soon as possible by depressing the
"Emergency Stop" push button.

Stop the purifier with the following procedure.

Step 1
Operation Check item
Depress the [AUTO.STOP] push button on the The feed liquid valve CV1 closes and the
automatic control panel. sequential process of [Replacement] ~
[Discharge] ~ [Stop] automatically follows.
Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
current readin_g_ and discha111_e sound.

Step 2
Operation Check item
Stop the oil heater.

Step 3
Operation Check item
After making sure that the SELFJECTOR Also make sure that the other valves and cocks are
completely stops, close both the feed liquid inlet closed.
valve V7 and butterfly valve V1 0.

NOTE
Whether the SELFJECTOR stops or not can be confirmed with either the safety joint at the
horizontal shaft gear pump or the motor fan.
As the Discharge Detector Function is included in the MM3 system, the rotation display LED
(green) on top of the Multi-Motor changes from flashing to constant lighting to tell that the
SELFJECTOR has been stopped.

Step4
Operation Check item
Turn power switches OFF in order of the Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor,
Multi-Monitor, automatic control panel and starter. automatic control panel and starter has been cut
off.

Ju.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-13 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.6 Manual Specification (GAP-11)

V9

t
E
B-E-

I I V8

t t
F D

Fig. 8-3

1 Eauioment 2 Connection 3 Symbol


1 Selfjector A Dirty oil inlei(FO.: from Settling tonk, LO.: from Sump tonk) l)o::J Globe valve

2 Operating water solenoid valve unit B Purified oil outlet(FO.: to Service tonk, LO.: to Sump tonk) 1"--J Check valve

.3 Multi-Monitor c Compressed air inlet (0.5~0.9 MPa) [>(; Cock

D Sludge and water outlet c::t<J Needle valve

V1 Bowl opening valve E Water inlet (0.35~0.5 MPa)


c% Pressure reducing regulator

V.3 Sealing water valve F Operating water drain ; 2-way solenoid valve

V5 Flow adjustable valve G Circulotion(FO.: to Settling tonk, LO.: to Sump tonk)


i 3-way solenoid valve

V6 Pressure adjustable valve ~ 3-way cylinder valve

V7 Feed inlet valve w Strainer

V8 By-pass valve ~ Butterfly valve

V9 Operating water inlet valve § Duplex type strainer

V10 Sludge discharge valve ® Pressure gauge

SV2 Bowl closing solenoid valve © Compound gauge

SV4 3-woysolenoid valve 9 Motor

CV1 Feed valve - Oil line

- Sludge and drain line

LM Leakage-Monitor - Water line


_,...._ Capillary line
~ Air line
- Electric wiring

-D Sensor

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-14 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.6.1 Start-up

Use the following procedure for start-up.

Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves take the following positions:
Full open: VS, V6, V7, V8, V9, and V10
Full close: V1, V3, CV1 and SV2

Step 2
Operation Check item
Turn power switches ON in order of the starter, Make sure that power to the starter, alarm panel
alarm panel and Multi-Monitor. and Multi-Monitor is on.

Step 3
Operation Check item
Turn the MM function switch on the alarm panel Always operate this switch as described when feed
ON. Then turn the LM alarm output switch in the liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
Multi-Monitor OFF. necessary to adjust.

Step 4
Operation Check item
Depress the [START] button on the starter to start Make sure that the operation sound and vibration
up the purifier. Set the MM function switch on the are normal.
control panel to ON. After the start-up make sure that the current value
falls within 50 to 70% of the rating.

NOTE
Usually the rated number of revolution can be achieved from 5 to 1o minutes following the start-up.

Step 5
Operation Check item
Start the oil heater. Make sure that the feed liquid is circulating in the
oil heater and heated up to the given temperature.

NOTE
Such as marine diesel oil does not have to be heated.

Step 6
Operation Check item
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV2 When the supply of operating water for closing
for 20 to 30 seconds to supply the operating water bowl is completed, close the manual handle of the
for closing bowl so that it is closed. valve.

Step 7
Operation Check item
Fill the measuring hopper with a specified quantity When the refill is completed, always make sure
of pure water, and open the globe valve V3 to refill that V3 is closed.
the bowl (supply of replacement water).

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-15 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
NOTE
The inside surface of the measuring hopper has a mark to show the quantity.
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 6-10 in Section 6.5.3

Step 8
Operation Check item
Open the cock (for opening bowl) V1 for Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
approximately 2 seconds to supply the operating current reading or discharge sound.
water for opening bowl so that water in the bowl
(replacement water) is discharged.

NOTE
Perform flushing inside the bowl.

Step 9
Operation Check item
When the discharge is completed, close the cock
V1 and open the solenoid valve SV2 for 20 to 30
seconds to supply the operating water for closing
bowl.

Step 10
Operation Check item
Refill the bowl with a specified quantity of pure When the refill is completed, always make sure
water using the hopper (supply of sealing water). that V3 is closed.

NOTE
Same as above step 7.
For the necessary quantity of sealing water, refer to Table 6-10 in Section 6.5.3

Step 11
Operation Check item
Depress the [FEEDING] push button.

Step 12
Operation Check item
After making sure that the purifier-run is started, Check that the flow rate displayed on the
regulate the by-pass valve VB to a given feed rate. Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
If flow rate cannot be adjusted with a by-pass valve Make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet
VB alone, after the VB is fully opened, regulate the side when V6 is fully open.
flow control valve V5 to a given feed rate. After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out in
the sludge outlet side and heavy liquid outlet side.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual B-16 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
& WARNING
The valve either flow adjustable valve V5 or bypass valve V8 should be full opened. The exhalation
pressure of the supply pump rises abnormally when driving while opening half to either valve, and there
is a case where oil leaks from the pump oil seal part with the machine.

NOTE
Always make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet side when V6 is fully open. This is necessary for
Leakage Monitor Function adjustment of the Multi-Monitor.
When setting up the Leakage Monitor (LM), refer to Section 7.2 "Leakage Monitor Function".

Step 13
Operation Check item
Throttle down the pressure adjustable valve V6 for The pressure adjustment LED (green) on top of the
the light liquid pressure level set in the Multi-Monitor starts flashing when the pressure is
Multi-Monitor. Then, change the MM function within ± 15% of the set pressure, and changes to
switch on the alarm panel from OFF to ON, and continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.
following to set the LM alarm output switch in the
Multi-Monitor to ON.

NOTE
After the temperature of feed liquid being fed is stabilized (approximately 5 minutes), check once again
that the light liquid pressure is within 15% of the level present in the Multi-Monitor (the pressure
adjustment LED flashing or continuous lighting). Readjust the pressure, if necessary, through V6 while
watching the pressure adjustment LED.

ill CAUTION

When adjusting the light liquid outlet pressure only after feeding to a level beyond LM trigger
pressure (L1P), refer to section 7.4.3 "Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve".
The procedure adjusting both flow rate and light liquid outlet pressure after feeding refers to the
section 7.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".

Sludge discharge procedure

To have sludge discharge effected during feeding operation;


1. Depress the [STOP FEEDING] push button on the alarm panel to stop oil feed to the purifier.
2. Accomplish Steps 7, 8 and 9 to let sludge discharge take place.
3. Then, accomplish Steps 10 and 11 to resume feeding operation.

ill CAUTION
In the lubricating oil treatment, introduce washing water into the bowl to clean at intervals of 6 to
8 hours before sludge discharge operation. (Carry out according to the operation procedure for
sludge discharge.) The bowl washing process is carried out after sludge discharge. For
necessary quantity of washing water, refer to Table 6-12 in Section 6.5.3 .
Failure to clean the bowl may affect the purifier's performance or cause mechanical troubles .

..,\.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-17 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.6.2 Stop

ill WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the bearing
section) is confirmed stop the purifier as soon as possible by first depressing the "STOP
FEEDING" push button, then depressing the [Stop] push button on the starter.

Stop the purifier with the following procedure.

step 1
Operation Check item
Depress the [STOP FEEDING] push button on the
alarm panel to close the feed valve CV1. I

2
0 eration Check item
the oil heater.

Step 3
Operation Check item
Fill the measuring hopper with a specified quantity When the refill is completed, always make sure
of water, and open the globe valve V3 to refill the that V3 is closed.
bowl (supply of replacement water).

NOTE
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 6-10 in Section 6.5.3

Step 4
Operation Check item
Open the cock V1 for approximately 2 seconds to Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
discharge the sludge. current reading or discharge sound.

Step 5
Operation Check item
Depress the [STOP] push button of the starter to
stop the motor.

Step 6
Operation Check item
After making sure that the SELFJECTOR Also make sure that the other valves and cocks are
completely stops, close both the feed liquid inlet closed.
valve V7 and butterfly valve V1 0.

NOTE
Whether the SELFJECTOR stops or not can be confirmed with either the safety joint at the
horizontal shaft gear pump or the motor fan.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-18 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Step 7
Operation Check item
Turn power switches ON in order of the Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor, alarm
Multi-Monitor, alarm panel and starter. panel and starter has been cut off.

Alarm panel (GAP-11)

CD "SOURCE LAMP"
Lights when the alarm panel is turned on.
(2) "POWER SWITCH"
Power switch for the alarm panel.
@ "FEEDING LAMP"
Pressing the "FEEDING" button while running lights the
indicator lamp.
@"FEEDING"
Pressing the button while running changes over the
3-way cylinder valve to feed liquid to SELFJECTOR. i!ill il'll:
STOP
i!ill
FEEDING
@"OIL LEAKAGE LAMP" FEEDING

When the Multi-Monitor has its Leakage Monitor o~@


iM tllm 'IIIII
actuated by a leakage detected during running, the A1'-:J'T 1Ji:!7 1--
MM FUNCTION ALARM
indicator lamp is lit. SWITCH RESET

@ "STOP FEEDING"
Pressing the button while running changes over the
3-way cylinder valve to allow feed liquid to bypass 0
SELFJECTOR.
(f) "ALARM RESET"
When the Multi-Monitor has its Leakage Monitor
actuated during running, the alarm circuit is caused to
hold with the OIL LEAKAGE lamp lit.
@ "MM FUNCTION SWITCH"
This selector switch is used for ON/OFF control of feed
signal output from the alarm panel to the Multi-Monitor.
When the "MM FUNCTION SWITCH" is off position,
feeding signal is not outputted from the alarm panel to
the Multi-Monitor even if the SELFJECTOR is on
feeding.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-19 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.7 Manual Specification

Starter Electric
Power source
~ iJjj(

c___--::,..to control consol


~ilMilt-"

V9

t V5 V4

E
B-E-

VB

t t
F D

Fig. 8-4

1 Eauioment 2 Connection 3 Symbol


1 Selfjector A Dirty o~ inlet{FO.: from Settling tonk, LO.: from Sump tonk) [>(] Globe valve

2 Operating water solenoid valve unit 8 Purified o~ outlet{FO.: lo Service tonk, LO.: to Sump tonk) 1'--J Check valve
3 Multi-Monitor c Compressed oir inlet (0.5~0.9 MPo) J;; Cock

D Sludge and water outlet Dj<J Needle valve

V1 Bowl opening valve E Water inlet (0.35~0.5 MPo)


~ Pressure reducing regulator

V3 F
*
Sealing water valve Operating water drain 2-Woy solenoid valve

V4 Circulation valve G Circulatian{FO.: to Settling tonk, LO.: to Sump tank)


~ 3-way solenoid valve

V5 Flow adjustable valve


~ 3-woy cylinder valve

V6 Pressure adjustable valve w Strainer

V7 Feed inlet valve z Butterfly valve

V8 By-pass valve § Duplex type strainer

V9 Operating water inlet valve e Pressure gouge

V10 Sludge discharge valve © Compound gouge

SV2 Bowl closing solenoid valve ~ Motor

- Oil line

LM Leakage-Monitor -- Sludge and drain line

-- Water line

............ Capillary line


~ Air line

- Electric wiring

-D Sensor

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-20 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.7.1 Start-up

Use the following procedure for start-up.

Step 1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves take the following positions:
Full open: V4, V6, V7, VB, V9 and V1 0
Full close: V1, V3, VS and SV2

Step 2
Operation Check item
Turn the MM function switch on the starter panel Always operate this switch as described when feed
and the LM alarm output switch in the Multi-Monitor liquid flow and light liquid outlet pressure become
OFF. necessary to adjust.

Step 3
Operation Check item
Turn power switches ON in order of the starter, and Make sure that power to the starter, and
Multi-Monitor. Multi-Monitor is on.

Step 4
Operation Check item
Depress the [START] button on the starter to start Make sure that the operation sound and vibration
up the SELFJECTOR. are normal.
After the start-up make sure that the current value
falls within 50 to 70% of the rating.

NOTE
Usually the rated number of revolution can be achieved 5 to 10 minutes following the start-up.

Step 5
Operation Check item
Start the oil heater. Make sure that the feed liquid is circulating in the
oil heater and heated up to the given temperature.

NOTE
Such as marine diesel oil does not have to be heated.

Step 6
Operation Check item
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV2
for 20 to 30 seconds to supply the operating water
for closing bowl so that it is closed.

Step 7
Operation Check item
Fill the measuring hopper with a specified quantity When the refill is completed, always make sure
of pure water, and open the globe valve V3 to refill that V3 is closed.
the bowl (supply of replacement water).

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-21 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
NOTE
The inside surface of the measuring hopper has a mark to show the quantity.
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 6-10 in Section 6.5.3

Step 8
Operation Check item
Open the cock (for opening bowl) V1 to supply the Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
operating water for opening bowl so that water in current reading or discharge sound.
the bowl (replacement water) is discharged.

NOTE
Perform flushing inside the bowl.

Step 9
Operation Check item
When the discharge is completed, close the cock
V1 and open the solenoid valve SV2 for 20 to 30
seconds to supply the operating water for closing
bowl.

Step 10
Operation Check item
Refill the bowl with a specified quantity of pure When the refill is completed, always make sure
water using the hopper (supply of sealing water). that V3 is closed.

NOTE
·Same as above step 7.
For the necessary quantity of sealing water, refer to Table 6-10 in Section 6.5.3

Step 11
Operation Check item
Open flow control valve V5 fully and then turn the Make sure that the by-pass valve V8 is fully open.
MM function switch on the starter panel to ON.
After it, gradually open the feed liquid inlet valve
V7 for feeding.

Step 12
Operation Check item
After making sure that the purifier-run is started Check that the flow rate displayed on the
enters, regulate the by-pass valve V8 to a given Multi-Monitor is the predetermined value.
feed rate. Make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet
If flow rate cannot be adjusted with a by-pass valve side when V6 is fully open.
V8 alone, after the V8 is fully opened, regulate the After the feeding, make sure that no oil leaks out in
flow control valve V5 to a given feed rate. the sludge outlet side and heavy liquid outlet side.

& WARNING
The valve either flow adjustable valve V5 or bypass valve V8 should be full opened. The exhalation
pressure of the supply p~mp rises abnormally when driving while opening half to either valve, and there
is a case where oil leaks from the pump oil seal part with the machine.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-22 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
NOTE
Always make sure the pressure at the light liquid outlet side when V6 is fully open. This is necessary for
Leakage Monitor Function adjustment of the Multi-Monitor.
When setting up the Leakage Monitor (LM), refer to Section 7.2 "Leakage Monitor Function".

Step 13
Operation Check item
Throttle down the pressure adjustable valve V6 for The pressure adjustment LED (green) on top of the
the light liquid pressure level present in the Multi-Monitor starts flashing when the pressure is
Multi-Monitor. within ± 15% of the set pressure, and changes to
continuous lighting when it is within ±3%.
NOTE
After the temperature of feed liquid being fed is stabilized (approximately 5 minutes), check once again
that the light liquid pressure is within 15% of the level present in the Multi-Monitor (the pressure
adjustment LED flashing or continuous lighting). Readjust the pressure, if necessary, through V6 while
watching the pressure adjustment LED.

Step 14
Operation Check item
Change the MM function switch on the starter The MM function switch in the ON position causes
panel from OFF to ON, and then turn the LM alarm a FEED signal to be issued from the starter to the
output switch in the Multi-Monitor ON. Multi-Monitor, making the Leakage Monitor
operative.

& CAUTION
When adjusting the light liquid outlet pressure only after feeding to a level beyond LM trigger
pressure (LlP) refer to section 7.4.3 "Adjusting Circulation Line Back Pressure Valve".
The procedure adjusting both flow rate and light liquid outlet pressure after feeding refers to the
section 7.2.3 "Light Liquid Outlet Pressure Adjustment".

Sludge discharge procedure

To have sludge discharge effected during feeding operation;


1. Turn the MM function switch on the starter panel OFF to make the Leakage Monitor Function of the
Multi-Monitor inoperative.
2. Open the circulation valve V4 and close the feed liquid inlet valve V5 to stop oil feed to the oil
purifier.
3. Accomplish Steps 7, 8 and 9 to let sludge discharge take place.
4. Then, accomplish Steps 10, 11 and 12 to resume oil feeding.
In order to prevent an incorrect alarm. please carry out operation of Procedure 12 within 40 seconds
after turning the MM functional switch ON.

& CAUTION
In the lubricating oil treatment, introduce washing water into the bowl to clean at intervals of 6 to
8 hours before sludge discharge operation. (Carry out according to the operation procedure for
sludge discharge.) The bowl washing process is carried out after sludge discharge. For
necessary quantity of washing water, refer to Table 6-12 in Section 6.5.3 .
Failure to clean the bowl may affect the SELFJECTOR'S performance or cause mechanical
troubles.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-23 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.7.2 Stop

ill WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the
bearing section) is present, shut off the supply of feed liquid, then immediately depress the
[Stop] button on the starter to stop the SELFJECTOR.

Stop the purifier with the following procedure.

step 1
Operation Check item
Turn the MM function switch on the starter panel
OFF.

Check item

SteJl 3
Operation Check item
After fully open the glove valve for return V4 and
by-pass valve V8, close the feed liquid inlet valve
V5.

Step 4
Operation Check item
Fill the measuring hopper with a specified quantity When the refill is completed, always make sure
of water, and open the globe valve V3 to refill the that V3 is closed.
bowl (supply of replacement water).

NOTE
For the necessary quantity of replacement water, refer to Table 6-10 in Section 6.5.3

Step 5
Operation Check item
Open the cock V1 for approximately 2 seconds to Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
discharge the sludge. current reading or discharge sound.
After this discharge, close cock V1.

Step 6
Operation Check item
Depress the [STOP] push button of the starter to
stop the motor.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-24 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Step 7
Operation Check item
After making sure that the SELFJECTOR Also make sure that the other valves and cocks are
completely stops, close both the feed liquid inlet closed.
valve V7 and butterfly valve V1 0.

NOTE
Whether the SELFJECTOR stops or not can be confirmed with either the safety joint at the horizontal
shaft gear pump or the motor fan.

Step 8
Operation Check item
Turn power switches OFF in order of the Make sure that power to the Multi-Monitor, and
Multi-Monitor, and starter. starter has been cut off.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-25 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.8 Manual operative method of Automatic Specification

Electric
Automatic Power source
Starter
~ j}jj\

t
c

·B-E-

I
I
'-------...J

V8
I I
~ ~
•1 Option 11V3/
F D
Fig. 8-5

1 Eauioment 2 Connection 3 Symbol


1 Se!fjector A Dirty on inlet(fO.: from Settling tonk, LO.: from Sump tonk) [:xJ Globe valve

2 Operating water solenoid valve unit B Purilied oil outlet(FO.: to Service tonk, LO.: to Sump tank) 1'---.1 Check valve
.3 Multi-Monitor c Compressed air inlet (0.5~0.9 MPo) c*i Cock

V5 Flow ad just able valve D Sludge and water outlet r::f:J Needle valve

V6 Pressure adjustable valve E Water inlet (0.35~0.5 MPa)


t%' Pressure reducing regulator

V7 Feed inlet valve F Operating water drain


~ 2-woy solenoid valve

V8 By-pass valve G Circulatian(FO.: to Settling tonk, LO.: to Sump tank)


~ 3-way solenoid valve

V9 Operating water inlet valve


~ 3-woy cyfinder valve

V10 Sludge discharge volve 'v2r Strainer

V11 Shut off valve (G-HIDENS spec. only) z Butterfly valve

V12 Bock pressure valve (G-HIDENS spec. only) § Duplex type strainer

SV1 Bowl opening solenoid valve ® Pressure gauge

SV2 Bowl closing solenoid valve <D Compound gouge

SV.3 Sealing water solenoid valve ~ Motor

SV4 3-way solenoid valve - Oil line

SV9 Partial bowl opening solenoid valve - Sludge and drain line

CV1 Feed valve - Water line

LM Leakage-Monitor ~ Capillary line

DD Discharge-Detector (Option) ~ Air line

WD Water-Detector - Electric wiring

-D Sensor

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction .Manual 8-26 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
'1
•. ~

NOTE
This section is a instruction which shows the case that the automatic specification of
SELFJECTOR SJ10G-SJ150G are operated with manual.
SJ10GH-SJ150G can't be carried out HIDENS operation with manual, so they are carried out
Purifier operation. In case of manual operation, refer to this section.

8.8.1 Start-up

Start the SELFJECTOR in accordance with the following procedures.

NOTE
When the power supply of automatic control panel in broken down, Multi-Monitor doesn't work
because the power is not supplied. {The capacities and the light liquid outlet pressure (outlet pressure)
can't be confirmed because they are not shown.}
When the control unit of automatic control panel break, the signal for feed control is not output from the
automatic control panel to the Multi-Monitor though the Multi-Monitor can be operated. In addition, the
warning is not output from the Multi-Monitor.

Step1
Before start-up, make sure that the valves are adjusted like the following positions:
V6, V7, V8, V9, V10 are opened fully. V5 is fully closed.
Confirm the rocking button SV4 for manual is loosen. (Refer to Fig. 2-4)

Step2
Operation Check item
Turn power switches in order of starter, automatic Confirm that the power is supplied to the starter,
control panel and Multi-Monitor ON. automatic control panel and Multi-Monitor.
When the power is not supplied to Multi-Monitor,
the power supply circuit is broken. So cut the power
supply to automatic control panel and
Multi-Monitor.

Step3
Operation Check item
Push the [START] button on the starter to start up Confirm that the operation sound and vibration are
the purifier. appropriate.
After the start-up, confirm that the current value are
stable in the rating between 50 and 70%.
NOTE
The value of the current rating is shown on the plaque of the motor.
Usually the number of revolution can be achieved to the rated number in 5-10 minutes.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-27 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
r

Step4
Operation Check item
Start the oil heater. Confirm that the feed liquid is heated up to the
given temperature after it is circulated with the oil
heater.
NOTE
There are fuel oil A and so on which aren't needed to be heated.

StepS
Operation Check item
For closing the bowl, open the manual handle of Stop to supply when the surplus operation water
the solenoid valve SV2 for 20 to 30 seconds to come out from the operation water drain. When the
supply the operating water for closing bowl. feed is completed, confirm that SV2 is closed
After the bowl is closed, close the solenoid valve absolutely.
SV2.
*Once in every 1o to 15 minute, open the manual *Supply the intermittent water.
handle of the solenoid valve SV2 for 5 seconds to
refill the operating water.
NOTE
Refer to Fig. 2-2 for the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV2.

StepS
Operation Check item
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV3 When the feed is completed, confirm that SV3 is I
for set time to supply the replacement water for the closed absolutely.
bowl.
NOTE
For the supply time of replacement water, refer to "Table 8-1 Replacement water, sealing water and
washing water supply time guideline table" replacement water, sealing water and washing water supply
time guideline table". Refer to Fig. 2-2 for the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV3.

Step 7
Operation Check item
For discharging water in the bowl, Open the manual Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
handle of the solenoid valve SV1 for approximately current or discharging sound.
3 seconds to supply the operating water for the When the feed is completed, confirm that SV1 is
bowl. closed absolutely.
NOTE
Perform flushing inside the bowl. Refer to Fig. 2-2 for the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV1.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-28 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
StepS
Operation Check item
For closing the bowl open the manual handle of the When the feed is completed, confirm that SV2 is
solenoid valve SV2 for 20 to 30 seconds to supply closed absolutely.
the operating water for closing bowl.
After the bowl is closed, the solenoid valve SV2.

St ep~9
Operation Check item
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV3 When the feed is completed, confirm that SV3 is
again for set time to supply the sealing water for the closed absolutely.
bowl.
After this supply, close cock SV3.
NOTE
For the supply time of replacement water, refer to "Table 8-1 Replacement water, sealing water and
washing water supply time guideline table" replacement water, sealing water and washing water supply
time guideline table".

Step10
Operation Check item
Screw in the button (red) for the manual operation Confirm the bypass VB valve has opened
of the solenoid valve SV4 and supply the operation completely.
air to switch the feed liquid CV1 to SELFJECTOR
side.
NOTE
Refer to Fig. 2-4 for the rocking button of the solenoid valve SV4. When the rocking button of the
solenoid valve SV4, the air supply port of the solenoid valve SV4 is forced to open, and the feed liquid
valve CV1 is switched to the feed oil side of SELFJECTOR by the air pressure. A rocking button of the
solenoid valve SV4 should leave loosen at automatic specification.

Step11
Operation Check item
When "Display fixation switch" located left side on Confirm the flowing quantity display of
the board of the multi monitor is pushed, the feed Multi-Monitor is specified feed rate. Confirm the
rate is displayed. Adjust the specified feed rate by light liquid exit side pressure when V6 opens
opening VS gradually. If the feed rate doesn't completely.
achieve to the specified one, keep VS full open and Confirm oil doesn't leak to the sludge exit side and
adjust the deed rate by closing VB gradually. the heavy solution exit side after the oil feed.
NOTE
When the feed rate isn't displayed because of MM's failure and so on, adjust the feed rate of the
Selfjector by the extent that a little oil is over flown from the service tank to settling tank.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual B-29 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
ill WARNING
The valve either flow adjustable valve V5 or bypass valve V8 should be full opened. The exhalation
pressure of the supply pump rises abnormally when driving while opening half to either valve, and there
is a case where oil leaks from the pump oil seal part with the machine.

Step12
When the light liquid pressure adjustable valve V6 is adjusted, Multi-Monitor start feed operation.

Step13
After feed operation, open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV2 for 5 seconds once in every 10
to 15 minutes to refill the operating water.
After feed operation, Sludge is discharged when the discharge time set in the discharge interval timer
(C015) passed.

Sludge discharge procedure

When sludge is discharged during feeding operation;


1. Loosen the rocking button for manual operation of SV4, exhaust the operation air of the feed liquid
CV1 to switch to the return side. And stop feeding oil to the oil purifier.
2. Discharge sludge in accordance with Steps 7, 8 and 9.
3. Then, resume oil feeding in accordance with Steps 9, 10, and 13.

ill CAUTION
In case of purifying the lubricating oil, supply washing water into the bowl to clean at intervals of 6 to 8
hours before discharging sludge. (Carry out in accordance with the operation procedure for sludge
discharge.) The bowl washing process is carried out after discharging sludge. Refer to 'Table 8-1
Replacement water, sealing water and washing water supply time guideline table" replacement water,
sealing water and washing water supply time guideline table" about the amount of washing water.
Failure to clean the bowl may affect the purifier's performance or cause mechanical troubles. If the bowl
is not cleaned, it is considered that the purifying performance is declined, and mechanical troubled is
happened.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-30 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.8.2 Stop

& WARNING
When an unusually large vibration or sound (contact sound or abnormal sound from the bearing section)
is confirmed, shut off the supply of feed liquid, then immediately push the [Stop] button on the starter to
stop the purifier.

Stop the purifier with the following procedure.

Step1
Operation Check item
Stop the oil heater.

Step2
Operation Check item
Loosen the rocking button for manual operation of
SV4, and exhaust the operation air the feed liquid
valve CV1 to switch it to the return side.
NOTE
Refer to Fig. 2-4 for the rocking button of the solenoid valve SV4.

Step3
Operation Check item
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV3 When the feed is completed, always make sure that
for specified time to supply the replacement water
SV3 is closed.
to the bowl.
After this supply, close SV3.
NOTE
Refer to "Table 8-1 Replacement water, sealing water and washing water supply time guideline table"
replacement water, sealing water and washing water supply time guideline table" about the supply time of
replacement water. Refer to Fig. 2-2 for the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV3.

Step4
Operation Check item
Open the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV1 Confirm the discharge operation by the increase of
for approximately 3 seconds to supply the electric current or discharge sound.
operating water for opening bowl to discharge the
sludge in the bowl.
After this discharge, close SV1.
NOTE
Refer to Fig. 2-2 for the manual handle of the solenoid valve SV1.

lu..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-31 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
StepS
Operation Check item
Push the [STOP] button of the starter to stop the
motor.

StepS
Operation Check item
After confirm that the SELFJECTOR completely Confirm that the other valves and cocks are also
stops, close both the feed liquid inlet valve V7 and closed.
butterfly valve V1 0.

NOTE
The SELFJECTOR's stop can be confirmed with either the l?afety joint at the gear pump side of
horizontal shaft or the motor fan.

Step,7
Operation Check item
Turn the switch OFF in order of the Multi-Monitor, Confirm that power to the Multi-Monitor, automatic
automatic control panel and starter. control panel and starter has been cut off.

8.8.3 Appendix table

Tabl e 8 -1 Rep1acemen
I I f 1me gu1·d erme t abl e
t wa ter, sea rmg wa t er an d was h"m ~ wa ter supply
Article Required SJ10G SJ20G SJ30G SJSOG SJ60G SJ70G SJ100G SJ120G SJ150G
Lltimes 0.6 1.0 1.6 2.8 2.8 3.7 7.8 7.8 9.5
Replacement water
sec/times 5 8 12 14 14 19 29 29 32
Lltimes 1.2 1.3 1.6 3.5 3.5 4.0 8.4 8.4 8.0
Sealing water
sec/times 9 10 12 18 18 20 32 32 27
Lltimes 1.6 1.8 2.5 5.2 5.2 6.1 12.8 12.8 14.2
Clean water Lubricant
sec/times 12 13 19 26 26 31 48 48 47

NOTE
Supply the flow rate appropriately the valves are operated actually.
The supply time of replacement water and sealing water shown in are "Table 8-1 Replacement water,
sealing water and washing water supply time guideline table" the values in case that the supply flow rate
is set as follows.
(1) SJ10G....,30G: 8 L!min.
(2) SJ50....,70G : 12 L/min.
(3) SJ1 OOG, 120G : 16 L/min.
(4) SJ150G: 18 L/min.
Cleaning water is not needed for the fuel oil purifier.

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-32 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.9 The main point of change over Operating Mode

8.9.1 It changes from HIDENS Operation to Purifier Operation.

Confinnation prior to running


CD Assemble the suitable gravity disc selected according to the Operation Manual.
(6.4 .2 Gravity disc selection procedure)
(g) Make sure that the Circulation line back pressure valve (V12) is fully closed and the Shut off
valve (V11) is fully opened .
@ Set the LM alarm output switch (No.2) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to "OFF".
@ Turn the Water detector selector dial (No.12) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to the top position "No
water/heavy liquid detector function".
@ Set the Water detection output switch (No.4) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to "OFF".
® Set the timer and counter values of the Automatic control panel to the Purifier Operation Mode
according to the Manual (Operation Manual 3B : Table 6-4) .
(/) Set the MM function switch of the Auto control panel to "OFF".

Procedure of starting the PURIFIER operation


CD Start up the purifier, press "AUTO.START" push button and adjust the feed rate.
(Step 1 -+ Step? of Section 8.4.1 )
(g) Throttle down the pressure adjustable valve (V6) for the light liquid pressure level preset in the
Multi-monitor.
@ Set the MM function switch on the Automatic control panel to "ON".
@ Set the LM alarm output switch (No.2) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to "ON".

Multi-Monitor (MM3)
Circulation line back pressure valve (V12)
0 0
0 ~~

DD alarm output SW (No.3)

Water detection output SW (N o.4)

Temp. high alarm output SW (No.5)

Rotation output SW (No.6)

~ No water/heavy liquid detector function


Shut off valve (V11) Circulation line
~ Water detector function
LM alarm output SW (No.2)
~ Heavy liquid detector functio n (optional)

.J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-33 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
8.9.2 It changes from Purifier Operation to HIDENS Operation

Confinnation prior to running


CD Exchange the gravity disc to HIDENS (HOC) type.
(Table 6-6 Gravity discs for G-HIDENS operation)
<2) Make sure that the Circulation line back pressure valve (V12) is fully opened and the Shut off
valve (V11) is fully closed .
® Set the LM alarm output switch (No.2) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to "OFF".
@ Turn the Water detector selector dial (No.12) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to the right side "Water
detector function" .
@ Make sure that the Water detection output switch (No.4) of Multi-monitor (MM3) is set to "OFF".
@ Set the timer and counter values of the Automatic control panel to the HIDENS Operation Mode
according to the Manual (Operation Manual 3B : Table 6-3) .
(f) Set the MM function switch of the Auto control panel to "OFF".

Procedure of starting the HIDENS operation


CD Start up the purifier, press "AUTO.START" push button and adjust the feed rate.
( Step 1 --+ Step? of Section 8.5.1 )
<2> Throttle down the pressure adjustable valve (V6) for the light liquid pressure level preset in the
Multi-monitor.
® Adjust the circulation line pressure to 0.1 MPa through the circulation line back pressure valve
(V12) .
@ Set the MM function switch on the Automatic control panel to "ON ".
@ Set the LM alarm output switch (No.2) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to "ON".
® Set the Water detection output switch (No.4) of Multi-monitor (MM3) to "O N".

Mu lti-Monitor (MM3)
Circulation line back pressure valve (V12)
00
0~~
DD alarm output SW (No.3)

Water detection output SW (No.4)

Temp. high alarm output SW (No.5)

Rotation output SW (No.6)

~ No water/heavy liquid detector function


~ Water detector functio n
Shutoff valve (V11) Circulation line
~ Heavy liquid detector function (optional)

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 8-34 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
9 Suspension

If the oil purifier will not be used for a long period (more than 3 months), carry out the following inspection,
maintenance and service activities.

9.1 Preparations for Suspension

1. The frame and sludge cover should be disassembled for cleaning. After completely removing
moisture, apply rust-preventive oil all over the inside surface.
2. After disassembling and cleaning, the bowl should be applied lubricating oil, then re-assembled.
Apply rust-preventive oil on the outside surface of the bowl, and store it separately without
re-assembling in the vertical shaft.
3. The vertical and horizontal shafts should be disassembled for cleaning. After cleaning, apply
rust-preventive oil all over the surface, then re-assemble them in the purifier main body.
4. The inside surface of the gear case should be applied rust-preventive oil after cleaning. Do not refill
lubricating oil before starting operation.
5. After disassembling and cleaning, the gear pump should be applied lubricating oil, then
re-assembled. Accumulated oil, if present in the pump connecting tube, should be completely
removed in advance so that it from does not flow into the gear pump.
6. Close the source valve of the operating water pipe, then drain water from the pipe and open the
flange.
7. Place appropriate desiccant in the Multi-Monitor.

ill CAUTION

o Place appropriate desiccant in the starter, control panel and Multi-Monitor and wrap them
closely in vinyl film sheet or the like. Condensation due to significant moisture may cause
rust inside.
o Close the butterfly valve at the sludge outlet. Shut the butterfly valve. If the butterfly valve is
open during suspension, vapors from the sludge tank may cause the shaft system to be
oxidized.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 9-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
9.2 Maintenance during Suspension

9.2.1 Purifier main body and mechanical components

• Carry out the turning of the vertical shaft for 2 or 3 minutes by hand at least once a week.
• Carry out quarterly inspections, centering on the bearing section, to make sure of freedom
from rust.
• Carry out the 6-month periodical inspection and execute the rust prevention measures.

9.2.2 Electrical component

Carry out the 6-month periodical inspection and replace desiccants, then perform complete seal-up.

9.3 Resuming Operation

Before resuming the operation, carry out inspections according to "8.1 Inspections Prior to Running".
On the electrical components perform insulation checks on each terminal and coil to make sure they
have a dielectric resistance 1 M Q or greater.

9.4 Other

ill CAUTION
When the purifier has not been used for a long period of time (more than 3 months), mainly carry
out inspections of the bearing section prior to resuming the operation.
• Check that the bearings are all rust-free.
• Be sure to replace rusted bearings.
• Be sure to oil the bearings before starting the operation.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 9-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section2 Running
Section 3 Maintenance

10 Disassembly and reassembly

10.1 Disassembly

DANGER
Don't open and disassemble the SELFJECTOR during driving.

Points to remember when disassembling

WARNING
o Check that the machine is stopped completely.
Check the fan of the motor to determine whether the machine is stationary.
If the Multi-Monitor MM2, MM3 (standard equipment for automatic specification GSH-1 version) is
equipped, the LED will flash during rotation, and will light when the machine stops, thus enabling
you to know that the machine has stopped.
o Turn the power supply of the starter off to prevent the SELFJECTOR from starting suddenly.
o Close the valves of feed liquid inlet and light liquid outlet.
o When a steam type oil heater is equipped, close the steam supply pipe.
o The piping and main body (the bowl in particular) are heated to a high temperature by the treatment
liquid. To prevent burns, take proper steps such as wearing protective gloves.
o Do not attempt any further scope of disassembly which is not covered in this manual.
o Make sure that the SELFJECTOR is always operated with the main body fully assembled. Never
operate the machine under the condition of that the cover is removed, and the bowl is exposed.

NOTE
All the screws used in the SELFJECTOR are "threaded clockwise".

~
~

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
A list of required tools

D 801
Dismantling stand
t 808
Cap nut spanner
817
Jack (1 0)

818
Hook spanner
809
Jack (3) [Q]jl-1_ _...j/1~
==c:ar:::=J 819
Push bolt
810
802
Main sea I i ng cutter
Bowl nut handle
IJ:::::=

811 820
bolt x 2 Socket cap screw x2
803
Jack (1) ~

812
Protective plate

804 813
Disc nut handle Jack (5)
821
Jack (4)

805
814
Light I iquid chamber handle
Jack (6)
822
Jack (9)
(SJ50G-SJ150G)

807 815
Jack (7) 823
Disc c I amp pI ate hand I e ( 1 )

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.1 Sludge Cover
Remove the plug mounted in the lateral direction of the bracket to
remove the oil inside the piping.

(Automatic specification machine)


Loosen the cap nuts at the top and bottom of the sealing water
tube (408) and remove the top of the sealing water tube. (Fig.
10-1) Fig. 10-1

(Manual specification machine)


Remove the measuring hopper and the globe valve together.

Remove the cap nuts of the connecting pipes (2) (324) and
connecting tube (2) with the hook spanner (818). Loosen the union
nuts (326) at the bottom of the connection pipes and tube with the
hook spanner (818) , and direct them sideways to make sure that
when the cover is removed , they do not get in the way. (Fig. 10-1)
Take care not to loss of the flow rate regulating orifice inserted in
the portion indicated by the arrow. (Fig. 10-2)

Remove the cover nut (317) with a spanner. (Fig. 10-2)


Fig. 10-2

Remove the nut (320) is tightening the inlet pipe with a spanner.
(Fig. 10-3)

Fig. 10-3

Loosen the socket set screw (313) (M6).


Take care not to loss them . (Fig. 10-4)

Fig. 10-4

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Lightly strike the top of the inlet pipe with a wooden hammer to
detach the tightly held taper portion. (Fig. 10-5)

Fig. 10-5

Remove the socket cap screws (302) (in four places) which are
locking the frame and sludge cover. Take care not to the socket
cap screws. (Fig. 10-6)

Fig. 10-6

Thread the jack (6) (814) into the threaded portion of the upper
hood and mount the handle (823). (Fig. 10-7)

Install the wire on the handle of the jack (6) and pull the sludge
cover (trap) (301) up in the vertical direction with the chain block.
(Fig. 10-8)

ill CAUTION Fig. 10-7

When it is pulled up with the chain block, take care that the
wire does not get out of the handle.

ill CAUTION

Don't install the wire on the grip of the sludge cover (301) to
pull the sludge cover up {Models SJ10G -JOG}. The sludge
cover may be damaged.

Fig. 10-8

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.2 Bowl
Refer to the Bowl Assembly Drawing (Fig. 10-33)

10.1.2.1 Removing gravity disc


Mount the disc nut handle (804) on the disc nut (122) and hold it
down by hand to make sure that it does not go up , and strike it with
a hammer to counter-clockwise to remove it. (Fig. 10-9)

Fig. 10-9

Remove the heavy liquid chamber (134), impeller (2) (321) , packing
(133) and gravity disc (121). (Fig. 10-10)
134------®
321 ~

It is enough at this step to replace the gravity disc.


133-------o
121 --------------~
&
116 --------c
1Zl ~

323 ~
322 ~
319 - - - - - - - l ' l

Fig. 10-10

Mount the light liquid chamber handle (805) to the light liquid
chamber (120) , hold it down by hand to make sure that it does not
go up, and strike it with a hammer to remove it. (Fig. 10-11)

Fig.10-11

.J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Pull out the impeller (1) (322) and inlet pipe (319) by hand .
(Fig. 10-12)

Fig. 10-12

10.1.2.2 Pulling out the bowl

Fix the dismantling stand (801) on the dismantling site using the
four drilled holes. (Fig. 10-13)

Remove the cap nut (124) which is tightening the bowl on the
vertical shaft with the cap nut spanner (808) . (Fig. 10-14)

Fig. 10-13
* How to use cap nut spanner
Insert the cap nut spanner in the bowl, set the spanner on the cap
nut, and thread the threaded rod of the spanner into the threaded
hole at the head of the cap nut (a), turn the handle of the spanner
(b) , and draw it up. The bowl can then be removed with the cap
nut (124) mounted.

808

(b~
124

Fig. 10-14

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Mount the jack (4) (821) by threading it into the threaded portion of
the distributor (1 08). (Fig. 10-15)

ill CAUTION

When the deformation or the wick's gap are found on the jack
and the hole for the shackle, stop using them, and replace
them with new ones.

Fig. 10-15
Turn down the handle of the jack (4) (821) until the bowl is slightly
raised. (Fig. 10-16)

ill CAUTION

Don't strike the top of the jack.

NOTE
When the push bolt is brought into contact with the end of the
vertical shaft by rotation of the handle, the resistance of the
handle will increase. The bowl is held tightly against the
vertical shaft by the taper portion. To loosen the bowl, further
rotate the handle by striking with a hammer, and turn it down
Fig. 10-16
until the bowl is slightly raised.

Mount the shackle to the handle of the jack (4) (821) and slowly
draw up the bowl in the vertical direction by use of the chain block.
(Fig. 10-17)

ill CAUTION

If the bowl held tightly against the vertical shaft by the taper
portion is directly lifted, the vertical shaft will also be lifted,
and damage the parts.
In case of moving the bowl which is kept lifted, support the
bowl not to rotate.

NOTE
The bowl might be withdrawn with the bow bush attached.
Fig. 10-17

.J,.,sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Put the lifted bowl on the dismantling stand (801). In this case ,
make sure that the four pins of the dismantling stand fit in the holes
at the bottom of the bowl.
Remove the jack (4) (821). (Fig. 10-18)

& CAUTION

When the bowl is put on the dismantling stand, take care not
to hurt your hand.

10.1 .2.3 Disassembling bowl nut and pulling out disc (1)

The bowl nut can be removed easily with compressing the disc (1) .
(1) Screw the bolt of disc clamp plate (807) completely by hand in
the distributor (1 08) .
(2) Adjust direction of eyehole of the disc clamp plate (807) to be Fig. 10-18
able to see the rib of the distributor (1 08) , and tighten e nut.
(3) Tighten the nut until the rib is same to the top disc(113). (Fig.
10-20)
In case of tightening the nut with the hammer etc., pat the wrench
lightly with seeing the compression condition of the disc(1) through
eyehole. (Fig. 10-19)

& CAUTION

• Do not excessively strike the wrench by hammer etc. to


tighten the nut of disc clamp plate. The pin hole of the
bowl body and the distributor or the pin could be damaged
with rotating force of tightening.
• Do not remove the bowl nut without using the disc clamp Fig. 10-19
plate. Bowl parts and tools could be damaged by undue
force exerted on them.

(3)
113 108

Fig. 10-20

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
After securing the bowl nut handle (802) on the bowl nut (119) with
the nut, rotate it by striking with a hammer to remove the bowl nut.
(Fig. 10-21)

NOTE
If the bowl nut handle is not secured with the nut, when it is
struck with a hammer, it may lifted, and the pins are damage.

ill CAUTION

When the bowl nut does not rotate even if lightly struck with a
hammer, it means that the disc (1) shown in Fig. 10-19 has not Fig. 10-21
be fully tightened. Do not attempt to remove the bowl nut by
forcibly striking with a hammer. Damage to the bowl parts and
tools may result. It becomes easy to come off if it warms it
because of steam etc.

ill CAUTION

Use steam carefully. Do not warm the ball by the direct flame.

Loosen the nut to remove the disc clamp plate (807). Place the
protective plate (812) on the top of the distributor. (Fig.10-22)

Fig. 10-22

Place the jack (1) (803) on the bowl hood. (Fig. 10-23)

Fig. 10-23

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-9 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Fix it with the disc nut (122) . (Fig. 10-24)

Fig. 10-24

Turn the push bolt (819) to raise the bowl hood. (Fig. 10-25)

Fig. 10-25

Install the wire and remove the bowl hood with a chain block.
(Fig. 10-26)
(If the top disc (113) is pulled out with the hood, remove it lightly with a
wooden hammer.)

NOTE
The main seal ring (108) is equipped under the bowl hood.
When the bowl hood is removed, take care not to prevent
damage the seal surface.

NOTE
Pull out the bowl hood vertically. If it is removed with an undue
force in a tilted state, the fitting portion might be damaged,
and it might be difficult to reassemble them.
Fig. 10-26

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-10 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
* Main seal ring removal procedures

ill CAUTION

Care should be taken not to damage the main seal ring groove
(its side surfaces in particular) on the bowl hood side. Liquid
leakage may result.

Turn the bowl hood (115) over, and cut the main seal ring with the
main seal ring cutter (810) .

~;""''""'
It the seal ring cutter is heated to fuse the main seal ring , main seal
ring groove not be damaged.
~ 115

Fig. 10-27

Mount the jack (4) (821) in the distributor and lift it. Then the disc ( 1)
(111 ), upper discs (112) and top disc (113) will be pulled out in the
condition that they were mounted in the distributor. (Fig. 10-28)
Upper discs (112) which don't have any fringe in their
circumferential portions are assembled on the uppermost portion of
discs (1).

Number of upper disc


SJ 1OG/20G/30G/50G/70G/ 1OOG • 3 sheets

SJ60G/120G/150G 7 sheets

Fig. 10-28

l-.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-11 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1 .2.4 Removing main cylinder

& CAUTION
Take care not to damage the sheet surface and sliding
portions.

NOTE
• After the main cylinder, is removed mount the jack (1) and
strike the jack evenly all around with a protective rod or
something else in between to lower the main cylinder all
the way. Then draw up the main cylinder with the tool.
• Spray a penetrating lubricant inside and outside
circumferential sliding portions of the main cylinder.
As an effective auxiliary method, it is useful that after
cooling inside of the main cylinder they are removed.
(indicated by the arrow)

After installing the protective plate (812) in the cap nut installing
portion of the bowl body, fix the jack (1 )(803) on the main cylinder
with the socket cap screw. (Fig. 10-29) Turn down the jack with the
push bolt (819) and handle(1) (823) to remove it. (Fig. 10-30) Fig. 10-29

NOTE
There is only a sight clearance between the main cylinder and
bowl body. When the main cylinder is removed, the slight
gap prevents the main cylinder from pulling out.
When there are some resistance at the handle, do not blindly
continue to rotate the handle. Whenever the handle becomes
hard, strike the top of the push bolt with a hammer, or
temporarily back it off. By repeating such a work, withdraw the
main cylinder little by little. (Hammering will correct the
inclination of the main cylinder and will also eliminate the
eccentricity of the tool.)

Fig. 10-30

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-12 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.2.5 Withdrawing pilot valve

Remove the valve nut (132) with a hexagon rod spanner. (Fig.
10-31)

NOTE
Be sure to insert the hexagon rod spanner securely in the
hexagon hole of the valve nut. Otherwise the hexagon hole
might be damaged.

Hold the jack (3) (809) against the pilot valve portion , thread the 1
dismantling bolt into the pilot valve (128) , and then turn down the
nut to remove it. Withdraw the other one by the same procedures.
(Fig. 10-32)

Remove the jack (3) and withdraw the pilot valve (128) and valve
sheet (130) from the valve guide (125) .

Fig. 10-31

809

Dismantling bolt

Fig. 10-32

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-13 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
122 - - o

134 - - - - - - ®

321 ~

133 - - - - o

121 ~

116----o

1--- - -117
120 ~

323 - - - ----o 108

322 ~

319 ----1
119

115
'I
I
101 I
I
' ..... ~
I
118 I
I
I ;
e
---u 1
1

: 123 128

~
114--o 0

/
/
:
.!
104 /

129
I rOo ~
125

(i /
131

~
/
113 / 126 ;
/

127
130
132

Fig. 10-33 Bowl Assembly Drawing

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-14 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Table 10-1 Bowl Parts List

101 Bowl body 1 120 Light liquid chamber 1


102 0 ring 1 121 Gravity disc 1set
103 Knock pin 1 122 Disc nut 1
104 Drain nozzle 2 123 Bowl bush 1
105 Main cylinder 1 124 Cap nut 1
106 Spring pin 1 125 Valve guide 2
107 0 ring 1 126 0 ring 4
108 Distributor 1 127 0 ring 4
109 Pin 1 128 Pilot valve 2
110 Key 1 129 0 ring 2
111 Disc (1) 1set 130 Valve sheet 2
112 Upper disc ( * 1 ) 1set 131 0 ring 2
113 Top disc 1 132 Valve nut 2
114 0 ring 1 133 Packing 1
115 Bowl hood 1 134 Heavy liquid chamber 1
116 0 ring 1 319 Inlet pipe 1
117 0 ring 1 321 Impeller (2) 1
118 Main seal ring 1 322 Impeller (1) 1
119 Bowl nut 1 323 0 ring 1

(*1) Comments: Number of upper disc


SJ1 OG/20G/30G/50G/70G/1 OOG : 3 sheets
SJ60G/120G/150G :7 sheets

When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos. and names shown in the finished drawing manual,
not the numbers in the above list.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-15 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.3 Horizontal shaft

& WARNING
Re-check that the power supply of the starter has been turned off.

Refer to the Horizontal Shaft Assembly Drawing (Fig. 10-47), Drain


and Gear Pump Assembly Drawing (Fig.10-64). Plu

Remove the drain plug to remove the lubricant from inside the gear
case. (Fig. 10-34)
Fig. 10-34

Disconnect the motor, lift and support it with the chain block, and
then remove the bolts and pull out the motor. (Fig. 10-35)
(In this case, pay heed to the friction clutch which might come off
and fall down .)

& CAUTION
When motor is to be lifted, install the chain block ridht
above for safety.

Fig. 10-35

619
Remove the friction clutch (621) inserted in the friction boss (619)
mounted in the motor. (Fig. 10-36)

621
Fig. 10-36

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-16 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
If the proximity switch of the Discharge Detector (standard
equipment for automatic specification GSH-1 version) is equipped
on the pump housing , disconnect its connector.

NOTE
Handle the proximity switch with great care, as it is a precision
machine.
Especially, do not give a shock to the proximity switch at
the tip. It could be damaged.
Fia. 10-37
NOTE
Before removing the gear pump, remove the oil collected
before and behind the gear pump piping (by use of the drain
cock, etc.).
In addition, place a tray under the pump to receive the oil.

Remove the cap nuts of the connecting tubes (1) (connecting


tube(2)) at the gear pump. (Fig. 10-37)
(Place an oil receiving container under the pump beforehand.)

Fiq. 10-38
Remove the bolts tightening the gear pump with the hexagon
rod spanner (M10) , and remove the gear pump from the main Push bolt
body. (Fig. 10-38) tap

Remove the gear cover and remove the socket cap screws
(M8) (626) securing the bearing retainer (611) to the bearing
housing (3) (608) . (Fig. 10-39)

603
Remove the bolts (612) tightening the bearing housing (3) 611

(608) and use them as push bolts to remove the bearing 623
housing (3).
Fig. 10-39
(Fig. 10-40)

Fig. 10-40

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-17 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Remove the lock nut (604) and lock washer (605) securing the
friction pulley (618) on the horizontal shaft. (Fig. 10-41)

Fig. 10-41

Pull out the friction pulley with the jack (5) , bolt (811 ), push bolt
(819) and handle (823) . (Fig. 10-42)

NOTE
Check to ensure that the brakes are free.

Fig. 10-42

Pull out the horizontal shaft toward the pump side . (Fig. 10-43)
If the horizontal shaft is hard to pull out, hold a copper rod or
wooden board against the friction pulley side of the horizontal shaft
and lightly strike it, while using care to make sure that the oil seal
(625) , etc. are not damaged by the threaded portion of the
horizontal shaft and the keys (603) of the friction pulley. (When the
horizontal shaft is pulled out, there is danger of damage to the
spiral gear (616) . Therefore, it is desirable that the horizontal shaft
be supported by another person when it is struck.)

Remove the bolt securing the spiral gear on the gear boss to Fig. 10-43
remove the spiral gear.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-18 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Remove the socket set screw (607) securing the safety joint to
remove the safety joint. Then remove the retaining ring (C) (606)

Loosen the socket set screw (628) securing the collar (2) (627) .
(Fig. 10-44)

Remove the pump side bearing (602) together with the collar (2)
(627) with the jack (5) (813) , jack (7) (815) , bolt (811) , push bolt
(819) and handle (823). (Fig. 10-45)

Socket set screw (628)

& CAUTION (606)

• Do not re-use the removed bearing.


• Do not remove the bearing except when it has to be
replaced

NOTE
Set the protective plate (812) between the end of the horizontal Fi!1. 10-44
shaft and the bolt (819) to prevent damage to the end of the
horizontal shaft.

Remove the pulley side key (603).


Support the gear boss with a pipe or something else and strike it
with a copper hammer from the friction pulley side of the horizontal
shaft to remove the friction pulley side bearing (602) , collar (1)
(617) and gear boss (613) from the horizontal shaft. (Fig. 10-46)

Fig. 10-45

Fig. 10-46

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-19 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
602

/
-"' '
''
''
' '
''
' /
/

/
/
/
/

623
619
607

.--,
/ '
''
' '
''
' '
'" /
/
621 /
/

/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
<
''
' '
' '
' '
'-" /

613

627

608

611

626

Fig. 10-47 Horizontal Shaft Assembly Drawing

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-20 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Table 10-2 Horizontal Shaft Parts List

601 Horizontal Shaft 1 616 Spiral gear 1


602 Ball bearing (1) 2 617 Collar (1) 1
603 Key 2 618 Friction pulley 1
604 Lock nut 1 619 Friction boss 1
605 Lock washer 1 620 Socket set screw 1
606 Retaining ring (C) 1 621 Friction clutch 50Hz
607 Socket cap screw 1 Friction clutch 60Hz *
608 Bearing housing (3) 1 622 Bearing housing (4) 1
609 Oil seal 1 623 Bolt 4
610 0 ring 1 624 0 ring 1
611 Bearing retainer 1 625 Oil seal 1
612 Bolt 4 626 Bolt 2
613 Gear boss 1 627 Collar (2) 1
614 Bolt 3 628 Socket set screw 1
615 Spring washer 3

* (Number of Friction clutch)


Frequency SJ30G/GH SJ70G/GH Others
50 Hz 6 4 4
60Hz 4 4 3

When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos. and names shown in the finished drawing manual,
not the numbers in the above list.

.J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-21 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.4 Water supplying device

Refer to the Water Supplying Device Assembly Drawing


(Fig. 10-54)

Remove the bowl bush mounted in the tapered portion of the upper
part of the vertical shaft, using the jack (5) (813), push bolt (819} ,
handle (823), bolt (811) and jack (10) (817) .
(Fig. 10-48)
Fig. 10-48

Loosen the socket set screw (71 0) with the hexagon rod spanner
(M6) . (Fig. 10-49)

Fig. 10-49

Loosen the cap nut to remove the operating water tube (Teflon tube)
mounted on the operating water disc (701) . (Fig. 10-50)

Fig. 10-50

Remove the socket cap screws (702) located in three places of the
operating water disc, using the hexagon rod spanner (M8). (Fig.
10-51)

Fig. 10-51

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-22 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Place the jack (5) (813) on the head of the vertical shaft, and set up
the push bolt (819) , handle (823) and bolt (811 ). Then thread the
end of the bolt (811) into the chamber cover (709) and turn down
the handle. The whole of the water supplying device will then go up
and get out of the vertical shaft. (Fig. 10-52, Fig. 10-53)

Fig. 10-52

Remove the bolts (706) located in four places of the operating


water chamber (705) , using a spanner. Using a hexagon rod
spanner, remove the socket cap screw (704) located under the
water supplying device. Remove the operating water nozzle
(703) from the operating water chamber (705) . Take care not to
lose small parts like bolts , washers , etc.

Fig. 10-53

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-23 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
706

707~ I
I
d,

709

Table 10-3 Water Supplying Device Parts List


701 Operating water disc 1
702 Socket cap screw 3
703 Operating water nozzle 1
704 Socket cap screw 3
705 Operating water chamber 1
706 Bolt 4
707 Tongued washer 4
708 0 ring 2
709 Chamber cover 1
710 Socket set screw 1
711 Packing 1

When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos.


and names shown in the finished drawing
manual, not the numbers in the above list.

----- 702
i-----

I
701 I

I ----------- 704

Fig. 10-54 Water Supplying Device Assembly Drawing

l.SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-24 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.5 Vertical shaft
Refer to the Vertical Shaft Assembly Drawing (Fig. 10-59).
(Now, already disassembled the water supplying device and bowl
bush.) Pull out the mist cover (522) .
Using a T-shaped wrench , remove the three bolts (514) of the
bearing cover (1) (513) , and take out the bearing cover (1) together
with the bearing cap (1) (Fig. 10-55). When they are taken out, the
0 ring (505) might come out together. Take care not to lose the 0
ring. Take out the bearing cap (2) (518) , flat spring (520) and
spacer (1) (521) as well.
Pull out the bearing housing (1 ). Fig. 10-55

<When the upper spring is to be replaced>


Remove the spring retainer (1) (506), and pull out the upper spring
(508) , spring case (507) and bearing sleeve (509) .
NOTE
• Before the vertical shaft is lifted, check that the spiral gear
or the whole of the horizontal shaft has been removed.
• When only the vertical shaft is to be pulled out without
disassembling of the horizontal shaft, remove the spiral
gear from the gear boss.

Remove the gear cover. Remove the three bolts (614) tightening
the spiral gear (616) with a spanner.

Remove the spiral gear from the gear boss (613) with a wooden
hammer. (The spiral gear will come off from the motor side toward
the bearing housing (3).) Shift the position of the spiral gear toward
the bearing housing (3) to make sure that it does not interfere when
the vertical shaft is lifted.

Hold the top thread of the vertical shaft and Pull out the vertical
shaft above. The vertical shaft will come out with the bearing and
bearing case attached. (SJ1 OG-30G)

Mount the jack (7) (822) on the top thread of the vertical shaft, and
slowly pull out the vertical shaft in the vertical direction by the chain
block. The vertical shaft will come out with the bearing and bearing
case attached. (Fig. 10-56) (SJ50G-150G)
Fig. 10-56

SJ50G-150G

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-25 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Take out the bearing case (1) (51 0) by striking with a copper or lead
hammer to prevent damage.

Take out the steel ball (536) , spring seat (535) and lower spring
(539) from inside the bearing housing (2) (523) .

NOTE
When the vertical shaft was disassembled, be sure to carefully
check the bearing.

Thread two Socket cap screw (802) equally into the bearing case
(3) (531) to withdraw the bearing case (3). Remove the spacer (2)
(534). (Fig. 10-57)

Assemble the jack (7) (815) , jack (5) (813) , bolt (811), push bolt
(819) and handle (823) , and withdraw the bearing case (2) (528) ,
bearing cover (2) (537) , collar (538) , bearing (2) (529) and bal l
bearing (3) (532) together. (Fig. 10-58)

Remove the lock nut located at the top with the hook spanner (818) . Fig. 10-57
Remove the ball bearing (1) located at the top by striking the inner
race with a chisel not to damage the vertical shaft.

& CAUTION
• Do not re-use the removed bearing.
• Do not remove the bearing except when it has to be
replaced.

Fig. 10-58

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-26 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
522

0
~ 517
'··

514 - - - - - w ~ . __ _ _ 511

515 ---------1
I
@ - - - 516

501

520

523

524
"·J

Fig. 10-59 Vertical Shaft Assembly Drawing

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-27 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Table 10-4 Vertical Shaft Parts List

501 Vertical shaft 1 521 Spacer (1) 1


502 Lock washer 1 522 Mist cover 1
503 Lock nut 1 523 Bearing housing (2) 1
504 Bearing housing (1) 1 524 0 ring 1
505 0 ring 2 525 Bolt 4
506 Spring retainer (1) 6 526 Spring washer 4
507 Spring case 6 527 Washer 1
508 Upper spring 6 528 Bearing case (2) 1
509 Bearing sleeve 1 529 Bearing (2) 1
510 Bearing case (1) 1 530 Key 1
511 Ball bearing (1) 1 531 Bearing case (3) 1
512 Key 1 532 Ball bearing (3) 1
513 Bearing cover (1) 1 533 Spring pin 2
514 Bolt 3 534 Spacer (2) 1
515 Spring washer 3 535 Spring seat 1
516 Bearing cap (1) 1 536 Steel ball 1
517 0 ring 1 537 Bearing cover (2) 1
518 Bearing cap (2) 1 538 Collar 1
519 0 ring 1 539 Lower spring 1
520 Flat spring 1

When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos. and names shown in the
finished drawing manual, not the numbers in the above list.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-28 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.1.6 Gear pump
Refer to the Gear Pump Assembly Drawing
(Fig. 10-64)
Remove the socket cap screws (G13) located in four places, then
remove the valve case (G12). (Fig. 10-60)

Lightly strike the safety joint side of the drive gear with a copper
hammer to pull out the valve case side bush (G 11) and driven gear
(G1 0) together with the drive gear (Fig. 10-61)
Fig. 10-60

& CAUTION
Bush is made from the copper base alloy, and treat it carefully
so as not to damage it. When it is not easy to assemble it,
strike the pump housing side with a copper hammer and
plastic hammer. Don't strike the bush directly.

Pull out the safety joint side bush (G11). (Fig. 10-61)

Normally, the valve stem need not be removed. When it is


disassembled, however, measure the dimension A with the lock nut
removed. When it is reassembled, be sure to turn down the
adjusting screw until the dimension A is reached . (Fig. 10-62)

Fig. 10-61
Fig. 10-62

*Replacement of safety joint Socket set screw

When only the safety joint is replaced , the gear pump need not
be removed from the bearing housing (3). After removing the
socket set screw with a hexagon rod spanner, push the safety Horizontal
joint toward the horizontal shaft, and directly pull it sideways to shaft
remove it and replace it with a new one .

Safety joint
Fig. 10-63

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-29 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Tabl e 10 -5 P ump Part s L"1St
G01 Pump housing 1 G10 Driven gear 1 G19 Valve sorina 1
G02 0 ring 1 G11 Bush 2 G20 Cap nut 1
G03 Oil seal 1 G12 Valve case 1 G21 0 ring 1
G04 Retaining ring (C) 1 G13 Socket cap screw 4 G22 Safety joint 1
GOS Socket cap screw 4 G14 Spring washer 4 G25 Nipple 2
G06 Gasket 2 G15 0 ring 1 G26 Holding disc 1
GO? Cover 1 G16 Valve stem 1 G27 Bush (2A) 1
GOB Set screw (3) 2 G17 Ad justing screw 1 G28 Bush (2B) 1
G09 Drive gear 1 G18 Nut 1 - -
When ordering parts, let us know the parts Nos. and names shown in the finished drawing manual ,
not the numbers in the above list.

G22 G04 G26 G25

G25

G12

G16
G19

G20

Fig . 10-64 Gear Pump Assembly Drawing

Note)
In the pump for the lubricating oil purifier, G27 and G28 are the same to G11 goods .

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-30 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.2 Reassembly

The reassembly sequence is reversal of the disassembly sequence . The points to note at reassembly are
described below.
Prior to reassembly, thoroughly remove the dust and deposits from all the parts and carefully check the
parts. If there are defective parts, replace them.
For detailed information on the standard dimensions at reassembly, refer to the maintenance inspection
procedures.

Points to note at reassembly

&. WARNING
• Thoroughly perform all the steps required for reassembly.
The SELFJECTOR has many screw coupled parts. At the time of
reassembly, check that all of these parts have been thoroughly
tightened completely. Remember that operation of the SELFJECTOR
in a loosely tightened state could be very dangerous. Re-check that
the following parts in particular have been thoroughly tightened.
(A) Bowl nut
(B) Disc nut
(C) Cap nut of vertical shaft
(D) Sludge cover tightening bolt - Refer to P10-4 Fig. 10-6
(E) Inlet pipe tightening nut - Refer to P10-38 Fig. 10-84
• Pay heed to corrosion and erosion
Check for damage caused by corrosion or erosion at regular intervals. If Fig. 10-65
there are questionable points, contact our company or service agency.
• Never interchange bowl parts (except the disc (1)) even if the
models are same.
• Confirmation of tally marks
On the bowl and other parts which have tally marks, be sure to check
that the tally marks are in the same direction. When the bowl nut has
been tightened, if the tally marks are not in the same direction, please
notify our company or service agency. The following parts have tally
marks. Check the parts for confirmation . More than 20mm
out of alignment
<Bowl> (Refer to Fig. 10-65 Nut (320))
G)Bowl body (Z)Bowl nut @ Light liquid chamber
Fig. 10-66
@ Heavy liquid chamber
<Cover> @Nut (320)

&. CAUTION
When the bowl nut has been tightened by threading it into the bowl
body, if the tally mark has gone more than 20mm ahead in the
turning direction, notify our company or service agency. ( Fig.
10-66)

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-31 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.2.1 Bowl
(1) Make sure that when all of the 0 rings are mounted, they are
not twisted.
To install 0 ring evenly in the valve guide, apply a coat of Upper disc
machine oil to it and the groove.
(2) Be sure to check the tapered portion of the bowl body. If there
are scratches, correct them by an oil stone or something else.
(3) To install the pilot valve, apply a machine oil to its outer
circumferential portion , and slowly press the pilot valve in by
hand. If it is installed by striking with a hammer or something
else, damage to the 0 ring will result. ~Disc

NOTE
Note that if the pilot valve is installed in a tilted state by
applying an undue pressure, its sliding surface will be
damaged.
When installing the pilot valve assembly, do not use Fig. 10-67
MOLYCOAT.
(4) Main seal ring installation procedures
CD Press the main seal ring in the main seal ring groove of the
bowl hood by hand. fL
® The main seal ring will be placed in a state of being lifted V"""""
from the groove. Put a flat plate (50 to 1OOmm wide) over •!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!~!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!.-
across the main seal ring and evenly hammer it down into
place approximately 0.5-1 .0mm off the bottom .

& CAUTION
If the sheet plane of the main seal ring is wavy, oil leakage will
be happened. Install the main seal ring in such a way that the Fig. 10-68
sheet plane will be flat.

*Method of ensuring installation of Main seal ring and method of confirming installation
CD Before starting automatic operation , feed operating water for closing bowl (SV2) manually for 20
seconds, then feed operating water for opening bowl (SV1) for 2 seconds to effect discharge
operation . It takes several tons of bowl opening water to close the main cylinder. Repeat this
operation 3 or 4 times.
ffi CAUTION
When Main seal ring is not surely installed, sludge discharge becomes difficult.
®Put the bowl into a closed state with bowl closing water as described in CD , and manually operate the
solenoid valve (SV3) to feed sealing water. Then , feed bowl opening water (SV1) for 2 seconds to
effect discharge operation . At that time, check for the sound of sludge discharge.
It the sound can't be confirmed , the main seal ring may be out of place. Open the bowl, check the
installed condition of main seal ring and redo the steps from (4)-®.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-32 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
(5) To install the main cylinder in the bowl body, apply a lubricant
to the sliding surfaces of the main cylinder. Line up the
positions of the knock pins and install the main cylinder, while
using care to make sure that it is not tilted.
(6) Make sure that the threaded portion of each of the parts is
coated with the MOL YCOAT.
(7) Make sure that all of the knock pins and keys are completely
lined up.
(8) When the disc (1) is installed , the upper discs which do not
Fig. 10-69 (all model commo nness)
have a fringe should be installed in the uppermost
position. Install the other disc by pressing one at a time in the ~ Top disc
....I
order that they were installed whenever possible. (Fig. 10-69) N

(9) Although the height of disc installation after several month


operations and it incorporate the disc of the same number
according to a looseness phenomenon , they tend to become Upper disc
(Without rim)
lower than the time of new article.
(a) In case of assembling loosened discs
Since the installation height of a disc may be low, please Disc(1) Distributor
,
adjust height using spare disc to become Fig. 10-69
(b) In case of assembling new discs or changing all discs
SJ10G / GH ~ SJ30G / GH
Assemble bowl with new discs in accordance with Fig.
Fig. 10-70
10-70, Fig. 10-71, Fig. 10-72.
The heiaht in which
Discs and Distributor
are almost the same.

Number of upper disc


SJ 1OG/20G/30G/50G/70G/ 1OOG : 3 sheets
SJ60G/120G/150G 7 sheets

Distributor

S J 50G / GH ~ SJ70G / GH

Fig. 10-71 "'

6 WARNING
~
~"'
"'u
I'- <n
l :.0
<'?-
E
E
ro
I
("')
:::l
If the machine is operated with the discs in a loose state, large Top disc :50
0
0
.0
.0 <I:
vibration could occur. <I: - ,
,
Upper disc
I
'
(Without rim ) I
'
I'
Distributor
I
SJ100G / GH ~ SJ150G / GH

Fig. 10-72

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-33 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
(1 0) Bowl nut tightening procedures

(a) With referring to section 10.1.2.3 , screw the nut to compress


discs between the top disc and the distributor in the bowl with
using the disc clamp plate . (807).(Fig. 10-73, Fig. 10-74)

(3)
113

Fig. 10-73

Fig. 10-74 (1)

& CAUTION
The bowl hood is lifted up by the spring back of discs. Assemble
discs carefully so that the key groove is not detached. Assemble the
bowl hood, while adjusting so that it's not inclined.
(b) Tighten the nut of the disc clamp plate (807) so that the bowl
nut can be turned smoothly by hand until the distance between
the tally marks of the bowl nut and bowl body reaches 1 0 to
15mm. (Fig. 10-75)
(c) If this condition can't be made, don't force to tighten the nut of Fig. 10-75
the disc clamp plate. Remove 1 disc and check the condition .
(d) Tighten the bowl nut with the bowl nut handle by use of a
hammer until the tally marks are in alignment. (Fig. 10-76)
(11) When installing the bowl on the main body, the lubricating oil is
applied to the operating water chamber to prevent scratch of
the 0-ring. Don't apply a lubricate oil on the taper of the bowl
body and the vertical shaft.
(12) After the bowl has been installed in the main body, tighten the
cap nut firmly through use of the cap nut spanner and
hammer.
(13) When the light liquid chamber is to be threaded in , thread it in
by hand to prevent damage to the threaded portion. As a final
step, tighten it with the light liquid chamber handle.
(14) When the heavy liquid chamber is installed, line up its
tally mark with the tally mark of the bowl body.
(15) Check the installed height of the bowl.
(Refer to Fig. 12-14 and Table 12-6) Fig. 10-76

.+-.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-34 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.2.2 Vertical shaft
( 1 ) Install the vertical shaft in the main body before installing the
horizontal shaft.
( 2 ) Install the flat spring (Fig. 10-77) and ball bearing (3) (Fig .
10-78) without confusion of their up and down sides.

Down
& CAUTION
Install the vertical shaft correctly in the direction of the ball bearing (3). Fig. 10-77

<Installation of bearing>
Ball bearing (3)
When install a new bearing is installed , put it in a 80 to 90°C oil for
about 20 minutes before installing it onto the shaft.

NOTE
When the bearing is installed in the bearing case
• If the bearing is forced in a tilted state by applying an undue
pressure, the bearing might be damaged. Down j
• After the bearing has been installed, if the inner race can be turned Bearing No.
by hand, replace the vertical shaft.

Install the bearing in the bearing case by equally striking the inner
ring with a hammer. When the 0 ring under the bearing housing (1)
is installed , applying grease to several places of the groove . Fig. 10-78
Prevents the 0 ring from coming off and falling.

Before installing the flat spring , install a spacer on the top of the Vertical shaft
bearing housing (1 ). Two types of spacers (1) 0.5mm and
1 Omm thick will be supplied. Use a spacer (1) of appropriate
thickness to adjust the dimension A of Fig . 10-79 to the
value shown in Table 10-6. Measure the dimension A with the
0 ring removed from under the bearing housing (1 ).

(3 ) Firmly tighten the spring retainer (1) on the bearing housing


( 1). Spring case
(4 ) After installation in the main body, check to ensure that the
vertical shaft can be lightly turned by hand. Bearing case (1) Bearing housing (1)

Fig. 10-79

Table 10-6
Model No SJ10G-SJ150G
DimensionA 0.5-1.0

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-35 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.2.3 Water supplying device
Socket set screw
(1) When the 0 ring is installed on the operating water chamber,
use care to make sure that the 0 ring is not twisted .

(2) After the water supplying device has been installed on the
vertical shaft, tighten the socket set screw of the chamber Vertical IT . .
shaft 1''--- - - - - - - ,
cover and check that the water supplying device rotates with '----------'

the vertical shaft as a single unit. (Fig. 10-80)

Fig. 10-80
10.2.4 Horizontal shaft
(1) After the vertical shaft has been installed, install the horizontal
shaft.

(2) Before installing the bearing , install the bearing retainer in such
a way that it will be positioned between the spiral gear and
bearing.

(3) Make sure that the mounting surfaces of the spiral gear and
gear boss are in tight contact.

(4) When the horizontal shaft is installed in the main body, take
care not to prevent damage to the lip surface of the oil seal.
Apply grease to the lips before inserting the horizontal shaft.

(5) Evenly tighten the bearing retainer when installing it.

(6) If oils are left on the inside surface of the friction pulley and the
lining of the friction clutch , wipe them away. Fig. 10-81

& WARNING
Socket Set screw
For cleaning, avoid using a highly volatile oil such as gas oil (Never install the collar with the
which could cause a fire. socket set screw on the opposite side.)

(7) The bearing housings (3) and (4) have a drilled hole. Install
the bearing housings so that the drilled holes will be faced
down . (Fig. 10-81)

(8) After the collar (2) on the bearing housing (3) side has been
installed on the horizontal shaft, be sure to tighten the socket
set screw. (Fig. 10-82) Gear pump side

Fig. 10-82

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-36 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
& CAUTION
• Avoid confusion of collars (1) and (2) when installing them.
• Make sure that the collars are installed with the socket set screw side toward you.

(9) To install the oil seal , hold a protective plate against the end surface and lightly strike it with a
hammer to force the oil seal in little by little.

C1 O) When the friction clutch installed in the friction boss is to be installed in the main body, secure the
friction clutch with a rubber ring or something else to prevent the fall of the friction clutch
intermediately during installation.

(11 ) After the horizontal shaft has been installed , check to ensu re that it can be turned lightly by hand .

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-37 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
10.2.5 Reassembly of trap

(1) To make sure that the trap does not hit the inlet pipe when it is
placed on the frame , check to ensure that the socket set
screw {313) on the top of the trap has been loosened.
(Fig. 10-83)

(2) Match the key groom's direction of the inlet piping to the socket
set screw's one. (313)

Fig. 10-83
(3 ) Loosen 1/2 rotation the socket set screw (313) until if achieves
the inlet piping. (319)

(4) Turn down the nut with a spanner and tighten it with a hammer
until the tally marks come at the same direction .
(Fig. 10-84)

& CAUTION
The nut and cover nut are of double nut construction to
prevent looseness.
Fig. 10-84
Make sure that they are fully tightened.

NOTE Stamped
The tally marks are punched on the tightened position at the mark
shipment. The tally mark of the nut (320) will tend to go ahead IN
of that of the upper hood because of the seating or wear of the
tapered portion of the impeller. Even if the tally marks are IN
slightly out of alignment, no problem will be caused.
Tighten the nut to the following torque.
SJ10G-SJ30G :700kg ·em Purifire Piping side
SJ50G-SJ150G :1000kg ·em
side

(GH type is the same value as G type) Fig. 10-85


If the tally marks are more than 180°0Ut of alignment,
replace the impeller{1) with a new one.

(5) When the inlet pipe is to be installed , do not forget to install


the orifice put in the arrow mark portion of Fig. 10-86
according to the installing direction shown in Fig. 10-85.
(Unless the orifice is correctly installed, the flow meter won't
indicate a correct flow rate.)

Fig. 10-86

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-38 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintena nce
(6 ) The frame and sludge chute are provided with inspection plugs.

( 7 ) Fully tighten the plugs of the bracket.

& WARNING
Check to ensure that the plugs of the bracket have been fully
tightened. If the liquid is supplied under the condition of the
plugs not fully tightened, ejection of a high temperature Fig. 10-87
treatment liquid could cause burns. (Refer to F!g_. 10-87)

Bush
10.2.6 Gear pump
Take care that the bush in the gear pump for SELFJECTOR is
assembled in the appropriate position and direction . And the
gear pump of SELFJECTOR for fuel oil has different type Bush
bushes.

& CAUTION Slit

Bush must treat carefully so as not to damage. When it is not


easy to assemble it, strike the pump housing side with a Fig. 10-88
copper hammer and plastic hammer. Don't strike the bush
directly.

( 1 ) When the bush is installed in the pump housing, face


the internally grooved side inward (toward the gear Oil groove
side) . (Fig. 10-88)
Suction side Delivery side
< In case of SELFJECTOR for fuel oil>
Bush2A · 2B (G27 · G28) builds the oil groove into the +
direction to the suction side of the pomp forward .(Fig.
10-89)

Fig. 10-89

~_____Bu_s_h_x_2____~1 ~
~ ____Bu_s_h_(2_A)_·_(_2_B)__~

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-39 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
& CAUTION
The bushes of G27 and G28 are assembled in the different
direction, it causes the oil leakage at the oil seal.

(2) Before installing of the gears, apply grease or machine oil to


the gear tooth surfaces and bush.

(3) When the drive gear is installed, take care not to damage the
oil seal lips.

(4) Turn down the adjusting screw of the valve stem up to the
predetermined position. Measure the tightened position at
disassembly. Turn down the screw up to that position.

(5) If the gear pump is provided with a proximity switch for


the Discharge Monitor, install it to the bearing housing (3)
and check that the proximity switch-to-horizontal shaft
clearance is correct (normally 0.5-1 ±0.3mm).

After reassembly, turn the shaft by hand to check that it can be


lightly turned. Then install the gear pump in the SELFJECTOR.

J.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 10-40 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
11 Maintenance inspection procedures

& WARNING
The SELFJECTOR is a high speed rotating machine. Always be careful of its vibrating condition.
Be careful of its operating sound, sludge discharge sound, etc. as well. If any change occurs,
stop the machine, inquire the cause, and take corrective action. If the cause cannot be inquired,
do not operate the machine, and ask our company or service agency.

& WARNING
When parts are replaced, make sure that the genuine parts are used. If non-genuine parts are
used, the SELFJECTOR could be damaged and personal safety could not be guaranteed.

& CAUTION
For the sake of safety, be sure to perform routine checks and periodic disassembly, cleaning and
inspection.
Perform maintenance inspection according to the inspection table (Section 12 of this manual) and
parts inspection procedures (Section 13 of this manual) , although the intervals vary with the properties
of treatment oil , operating environment, etc.

11.1 Routine checks


The routine check items are checked every day when patrolling at regular intervals.
Table 11-1
Check Item Description
Feed rate Has it changed with respect to the set Feed rate?
Feed thermometer Has it changed with respect to the set temperature?
Pressure of light liquid outlet Does it coincide roughly with the set pressure of the Leakage Monitor?
Frame vibration Hasn't vibration increased?
Operation noise Isn't a strange sound generated (from the bearing, gear pump, etc.)?
Current Isn't the rated current exceeded or changing?
Gear oil Is the oil quantity enough?
Isn't the oil contaminated or emulsified?
Safety joint for Gear Isn't it deformed or broken?
pump
Pipe joint Aren't there oil leaks?
Leakage Monitor Is the Adjust pressure LED (yellow) light or flashing?
(Multi-Monitor)
Discharge Monitor Is the Indicate revolution LED (green) flashing?
(Multi-Monitor)

Sludge discharge test Press "DISCHG. TEST" of the Automatic control panel twice within 5
seconds in under that sludge is discharged (sound) properly.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
11.2 Lubricant replacement intervals

& CAUTION
If the lubricant oil is not replaced, wear of the spiral gear and damage to the bearing could be
happened.

Replace the lubricant of the SELF JECTOR at regular intervals according to Table 11-2.

NOTE
When the lubricant oil is replaced, remove the gear cover, and thoroughly clean the inside of the
oil tank before installing a fresh oil.

Table 11-2
Number of times Replacement intervals Remarks
First time After two weeks of operation It takes about two weeks before seating
(After approx. 300 hours) of the contact surfaces of gears.
Second time After a month of operation
(after approx. 600 hours)
Third and subsequent times Every three months

NOTE1) When the spiral gear has been replaced , replace the lubricant at intervals, beginning with the
first time.
NOTE2) If the oil is badly contaminated, replace it with a fresh one at shorter intervals than shown in
Table 11-2.
NOTE3) If water, sludge, etc. are contained in the oil tank, remove the oil, clean the inside of the oil tank,
and install a fresh oil.
NOTE4) Avoid mixed use of different types or brands of lubricants.
NOTES) When the types of lubricants are to be changed, clean the inside of the frame and the parts of
the shafts before replacement.
NOTES) When the machine has been overhauled , replace the lubricant.

For information on the lubricant replacement procedures, refer to Section 6.1 .

.J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance

J
11.3 Instructions for Use of Synthesized Lubricant

& CAUTION
Before continuous use of a synthesized lubricant, make sure of its suitability after at least 900
hours of "running-in" with MKK recommended mineral oil. (Refer to Section 6)
If this is not carried out, an early worn or damaged drive gear could be happened.

& CAUTION
The ISO viscosity index should be VG220 when for a synthesized lubricant is used.

Man da t orv oroce d ures o accomp I"1s h bef ore con muous use of svn th es1ze
. d Iubncan
.
Item Procedure ISO Viscosi!l_
First time Supply MKK recommended mineral oil to specified level. VG150
When gear (Refer to Section 6.1 )
changed
Operate the machine for 300 hours
Step1 with mineral oil. VG150

Replace mineral oil with fresh oil (mineral oil and operate the
Step2 VG150
machine for another 600 hours.
Check gear tooth surface (for width , length and depth of contact)
and record measurements.
Step3 Replace mineral oil with fresh oil (synthesized lubricant) and VG220
operate the machine for 12 to 24 hours. Check gear tooth surface
(for width , length and depth of contact) and record measurements.
Compare data with the condition of gear tooth at Step 2. If wear is
not advanced , proceed to Step 4.
If wear is advanced , replace synthesized lubricant with mineral oil
immediately. (VG150 )
Step4 Operate the machine further for 150 hours, check gear tooth VG220
surface (for width , length and depth of contact) and record
measurements.
Compare data with the condition of gear tooth at Step 3. If wear is
not advanced , proceed to Step 5.
If wear is advanced , stop using synthesized lubricant immediately
and replace it with mineral oil. (VG150 )
Step5 Operate the machine further for 600 hours, check gear tooth VG220
surface (for width , length and depth of contact) and record
measurements.
Compare data with the condition of gear tooth at Step 4. If wear is
not advanced , proceed to Step 6.
If wear is advanced , replace synthesized lubricant with mineral oil
immediately. (VG1501
Step6 Change oil every three months. VG220

NOTE
When MKK recommended mineral oil already in use for more than 900 hours of operation is
replaced with synthesized lubricant, begin the procedure from Step 3 after checking the
condition of gear tooth surface and recording measurements.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section 3 Maintenance
11.4 Expendable parts replacement intervals
For preventing occurrence of troubles in the SELFJECTOR, and operating it in normal condition at all
times, it is necessary to replace the expendable parts at regular intervals.

& CAUTION
The wear of parts varies with the properties of treatment oil, operating condition, etc. Check the
performance according to the inspection procedures described in Section 13 . If there is
anything wrong, replace the parts for the sake of safety even before the specified intervals.

* The replacement intervals for the expendable parts in the following table are
shown for general guidance and are not intended to guarantee the replacement
intervals.

Replacement intervals
Name of part Remarks

•MainBowl *
seal ring 6 months
0 ring and the like 6 months
Valve sheet 6 months
•0 ringFrame, Cover
and the like 12 months 24 months on those used to seal the
upper and lower frames
Gasket 12 months 24 months on gaskets for gear cover
(for piping) and oil_gal!.9_e
Rubber plate 24 months
Sludge pipe 24 months
•0 ring and the like
Vertical shaft, Water supplying device
12 months 24 months on those used for bearing
housing (2)
Upper spring 24 months
Lower spring 24 months
Flat spring 24 months
Spring case 24 months
Gasket 12 months
Bearing 24 months
Spring seat 24 months
Steel ball 24 months

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Replacement intervals
Name of part Remarks

• Horizontal shaft *
Oil seal 12 months
0 ring and the like 24 months
Bearing 24 months
Friction clutch 12 months
Brake lining 24 months
• Gear pump
6-12 months
Oil seal
Safety joint 6-12 months
0 ring and the like 6-12 months
Bush 24 months
• Multi-Monitor
Pressure sensor(' 1l 36 months Although the pressure sensor is not an
expendable part, it is advisable to
replace the pressure sensor at regular
intervals to keep a certain indication I
detection function .
(*1) The pressure sensors are installed to the light-liquid line, the heavy-liquid line, and the circulation
line (G-HIDENS specification) and there are the functions of flux indication , pressure indication I leakage
detection, and water detection each.

1. It is advisable to replace the expendable parts of the bowl with new ones in keeping with the
bowl opening intervals.
2. On parts not supplied as spare parts, place orders with our company. For spare parts to be
furnished with SELFJECTOR, see the spare parts list submitted by us .

.J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
11.5 Bowl opening intervals (guidelines) (Note1)
To operate the SELFJECTOR in normal condition at all times, it is necessary to open and clean the bowl
at regular intervals. Although the opening intervals vary with the properties of treatment oil , operating
condition , etc. , the general opening intervals are shown below for general guidance.

(Note 1) The rotor opening intervals which vary with the operating condition are shown for general
guidance and are not intended to guarantee the intervals.

@ First time to open the bowl - A month after trial run


Since the inside contamination varies with the properties of oil, etc., open the bowl and check the
inside after the first month (whether unevenly deposited sludge exists or not, contaminated discs, etc.),
and determine whether the discharge intervals are appropriate or not.
When it is found that the sludge is accumulated partially, or adhered on the disc (1 ), set shorter
intervals.

@ Second and ·subsequent times - Open , check and clean every 3 months (longest).
If the bowl opening intervals are too long, contamination might affect separation or even cause
vibration. Set the proper opening intervals suitable for the type of oil.
When the SELFJECTOR is used for cleaning the trunk piston engine lubricant, the bowl is generally
contaminated earlier. It is therefore advisable to set shorter intervals (1 to 2 months).

6 CAUTION
Please check regularly whether there are erosion and cracks or not. When erosion and cracks are found,
treat them in accordance with 12 "Maintenance inspection procedures for major parts".
In case of the feed liquid has chloride, that causes of the local corrosion in the stainless steel.

11.6 Overhaul (guidelines)(Note2 )

& CAUTION
When increased vibration is confirmed, check and maintenance the machine according to the
inspection procedures described in Section 13 even before the overhaul intervals for the sake
of safety. If there is anything wrong, replace the parts.

& CAUTION
Although the overhaul (Note 3 ) intervals vary with the operating condition, inspection and
maintenance according to the inspection procedures described in Section 13 at regular intervals,
overhaul the machine every 2 years (longest) at least.

(Note 2) Overhaul intervals which vary with the operating condition are shown for general guidance and
are not intended to guarantee the intervals.
(Note 3) Overhaul refers to disassembly of all of the parts of the bowl, vertical and horizontal
shaft systems, inspection and cleaning according to the inspection procedures described in
Section 13 , and replacement of expendable and defective parts.

l..SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 11-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12 Maintenance inspection procedures for major parts

12.1 Bearing replacement intervals

& WARNING

For the vertical and horizontal shafts, use bearings that are up to specification. Especially the
upper bearing of the vertical shaft is important. If an out-of-specification bearing is used,
personal safety couldn't be guaranteed because of bearing life's deduction.

& CAUTION
For the sake of safety, replace the bearings of the vertical and horizontal shafts before the elapse
of 2 years whether they have been in service or not.

The bearings are expendable parts. Place separate orders for bearings other than supplied as spare
ones .

12.2 Bowl
12.2.1 Corrosion of bowl
The bowl parts except some are made of special stainless steel.
Under stringent operating condition , however, corrosion might
be occurred as in the form of pitting .
Since the bowl is exposed under a high stress, a very fine crack
could be occurred be from the pitting very careful when you
check .
• For preventing corrosion
Corrosion readily occurs in the portions that are in contact with Bowl body
sludge . Perform the following steps to prevent corrosion .
(1) Set proper discharge intervals.
(2) Clean those portions when the bowl is opened _
Especially, clean the potion (Fig . 12-1) where the sludge is
Fig. 12-1
accumulated .
• Sheet of the main cylinder
• Outlet of discharging sludge
• Heavy liquid chamber
Gravity disc

• Check procedures
(1) Thoroughly clean to remove deposits.
(2) Visual check.
(3) If anything wrong was found under (1) and (2) , carry out color check test.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.2.2 Corrective steps for corrosion

& CAUTION
To prevent distortion of the base materials and alteration of their composition, never repair
cracks, pinholes or corroded portions by welding.

If there is pitting in a part, remove the corroded portion by a grinder. Perform visual check and color
check test for confirmation. If there is nothing wrong , continued use of the part is allowed . The removable
degree by a grinder should be limited to 0.5mm maximum (except the main cylinder for FO) . After
grinding, do buffing (#250 or more).
• When there is a line defect (crack),
• When more than 0.5mm grinder finishing is necessary,
it is necessary to replace the parts with new ones and perform balance adjustments.
Contact our company or service agency.

12.2.3 Disc

& CAUTION
Do not repair cracks, pinholes or corroded portions by welding.
• Replace the disc with a new one
(1) When corrosion is evident
(2) When distance piece is out of place
(3) When a crack is evident
• Addition of disc
Over a long period of service, the seating of the disc will create
a gap between the disc and top disc. Add a disc, while
referring to the Fig. 10-69-Fig. 10-72. Distance
• Points to note when handling disc Fig. 12-2 piece

Remove the sludge deposited on the disc by use of a cleaning oil and a waste cloth or a soft copper
wire brush . Avoid using a scraper or any other thing that damages the surface .
Immerse the disc in our company's cleaning solution at 50 to 70°C for about 3 hours before cleaning .
The deposits will be easier to remove.

& CAUTION
When handling the cleaning agent, observe the following points
• Never put the cleaning agent in your mouth.
• Wear protective glasses or protective gloves, etc. to prevent eye or skin contact.
• If the cleaning agent was deposited on your skin, immediately wash away in water.
• Since the cleaning agent contains an organic solvent, make sure that the room is ventilated
well.
• Store the cleaning agent in a cool, dark place.

& CAUTION
When the discs are cleaned, use the protective gloves (made of thick gum), and take care not to hurt
your hands by the inner or outer edges.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.2.4 Bowl body

( 1) Clean the 0 ring groove. If the groove is rough , repair


it with a fine emery cloth (#320) .
(2 ) If the operating water passage hole or any of the
water pressure chambers is clogged with scale , do
thorough cleaning .
(3) When the bowl body was subjected to an abnormal
shock by allowing it to fall , or by the fall of a heavy
object, let our company or service agency check it.
(4 ) Check the fitted portions of the bowl body and bowl
bush and check the condition of contact with the Fig. 12-3
vertical shaft. Check to ensure that the contact area
of the contact surface is more than 2/3 of the whole.

If the bowl body and bowl bush are in poor contact, vibration could occur. If the contact area of
the contact surface is less than two thirds of the whole, replace the bowl bush with a new one.

(5) Check the threaded portion for the bowl nut. If scoring is confirmed , make repairs with set files.
(6) Check the sludge discharge port for wear. If the wear is less than 0.5mm , continued use of the port
is allowed. If the wear is more than that, let our company or service agency check it.
(7) Check the main cylinder sliding surface for scratches. If there are scratches, repair them with an
emery cloth (#320) and then apply finishes with polishing paper (#600).
(8) Check the knock pin for deformation . If deformation is confirmed , replace the knock pin with a new
one .

12.2.5 Bowl hood

Check the following portions of the bowl hood for (4 ) (3)


scratches .
( 1 ) Bowl nut fitting portion
(2) Bowl body fitting portion
(3) Threaded portion
(4 ) Light liquid chamber fitting portion
(5) 0 ring groove (when the 0 ring was removed)
(6) Knock pin groove
If there are scratches on the above-mentioned
portions , make repairs by use of set files , grinding Fig. 12-4
stone , emery cloth (#320) , etc.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.2.6 Main seal ring

NOTE
When the main seal ring is removed, take care not to damage its bowl hood side groove
(especially the side surface). Damaged groove may cause a leakage.

With the main seal ring mounted on the bowl hood, clean and
carefully check the seal surface. Normally, the main seal ring is Bowl hood
deformed as shown in Fig. 12-5. In the following cases, replace Main seal r1ng
the main seal ring with a new one.

(1) When dimension A is O.Smm or more


(2) In case that metallic powder enter to the seal surface, and
the length is more than 60% of its length B.

Fig. 12-5

12.2.7 Distributor
(1
(1) If the top end of the key is deformed, correct or replace.
(2) Check the threaded portion for scratches.
(3) Check the knock pin which might have been deformed .

Fig. 12-6
12.2.8 Various types of 0 rings of bowl

It is recommended that the 0 rings be replaced at the bowl opening . Before installing an 0 ring, be sure
to clean the 0 ring groove.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-4 Operation & Main~enance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.2.9 Main cylinder
( 1) Check the seal surface (that surface which makes contact with the main seal ring) for scratches .
If there are scratches , they damage to the main seal ring and cause leakage of sealing water.
Scratches are often made on the surface at the time of disassembly. Therefore , be careful
when handling it.
In the case of the main cylinder for lubrication oil , repair small scratches by use of an oil stone or
something else . In case of the main cylinder for fuel oil (C heavy oil) , contact our company or
service agency, as the seal surface has a special coating .
(2 ) Check the bowl body sliding surface for scratches. If there are scratches , the 0 ring will be wore
down earlier. Repair the scratches with an emery cloth (#320) , and apply finishes with polishing
paper (#600).
(3) Check the bowl body sliding surface for scratches . If there are scratches , the 0 ring will be wore
down earlier. Repair the scratches with an emery cloth (#320) and then apply finishes with
polishing paper (#600) .
Clean the 0 ring groove. If the groove is rough , make repairs with an emery cloth .

(1)

Fig. 12-7
12.2.10 Pilot valve assembly

(1) Check the valve guide and bowl body sliding surfaces for scratches . (2) ,(3)
If there are small scratches , make repairs with an oil stone or
something else.
When the pilot valve assembly is disassembled and reassembled ,
take care not to damage the 0 ring .
(Apply a lubricant to the sliding surfaces for easier reassembly.)
(2) Check the seal surface (that surface which makes contact with the
valve sheet) for scratches. If there are small scratches , make
repairs with an oil stone or something else.
(3) Take out the valve sheet from the valve guide, and clean and
carefully check the seal surface.
If the valve sheet has caught a foreign substance or is deformed
(0 .3mm or more), replace it with a new one.
Fig. 12-8
(4) After cleaning and before installing in the bowl , complete the pilot
valve assembly and check to ensure that pilot valve is moved
smoothly by hand.

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.3 Vertical shaft system

12.3.1 Vertical shaft

(1) Carefully check the portion above the upper bearing fitting portion , as there
is a high likelihood of corrosion. If the dimension A shown in Fig. 12-9 is
more than 1mm smaller in diameter than the value shown in Table 12-1 ,
replace the vertical shaft with a new one.
Table 12-1
SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
Model No.
-SJ30G/GH -SJ70G/GH -SJ150G/GH
Dimension A 34 44 59
(mm) (6) .... I

{2) If there is a localized flaw like a pounding in the threaded portion , make
repairs to smooth it out, using set files, emery cloth (#320) , etc.
(3) In regard to the secular wear of the bearing fitting portion, if the inner
race of the bearing slips, replace the vertical shaft with a new one.
(4) If the pinion tooth surface is rough and is lightly worn , make repairs with set
files , emery cloth (#320), oil stone, etc.
(5) Measure the deflection of the shaft center in three places, the straight
portion at the end of the shaft, the middle portion of the shaft, and bearing
fitting portion, with the upper and lower bearing fitting portions supported by
the measuring jigs. The deflection should be limited to 5/1 OOmm maximum. Fig. 12-9
If the deflection is larger than that, replace the vertical shaft with a new one.

12.3.2 Upper springs

( 1) If there is even a broken or cracked upper spring , replace all of them


with new ones.
(2) Measure the free length of each of the upper springs. If any of them is
more than 1mm shorter than the dimension A, replace all of the
upper springs . Six upper springs equal in free length (dimension A)
are grouped as a set. (Refer to Table 12-2)

Table 12-2
Fig. 12-10
SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
Model No.
-SJ30G/GH -SJ70G/GH -SJ150G/GH
Dimension A 34 44 46
(mm)

.J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.3.3 Lower bearing block

If the dimension A shown in Fig. 12-11 with the lower spring retainer, steel
ball and bearing case (2) put together is more than 1mm smaller than
the value shown in Table 12-3, re-check all of these parts, and replace
a defective part with a new one.
(Refer to Fig.12-11,Table 12-3 )

Table 12-3
SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
Model No.
-SJ30G/GH -SJ70G/GH -SJ150G/GH
Dimension A 63 .5 73.5 80 .5 Fig. 12-11
(mm)

12.3.4 Flat spring

( 1) A broken or cracked flat spring should be replaced with a new one .


(2) Measure the spring height as shown in Fig. 12-12 if it is less than
the A mm, replace the flat spring with a new one.
(Refer to Table 12-4)
Table 12-4
Model No. SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH Fig. 12-12
-SJ30G/GH -SJ70G/GH -SJ150G/GH
Dimension A 4.5 6.5 7.5
(mm)

12.3.5 Steel ball

A steel ball with a deep ring-like groove flaw in those portions which make contact with the lower
spring retainer, etc. or a deformed one should be replaced with a new one.

12.3.6 Lower spring

( 1) A broken or cracked lower spring should be replaced with a new one.


(2 ) Measure the free length. If it is more than 1mm smaller than the
dimension A, replace the lower spring . (Refer to Table 12-5)

Table 12-5
SJ10G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
Model No.
-SJ30G/GH -SJ70G/GH -SJ150G/GH
Dimension A 32 .5
A
55 .5 60.5
(mm) Fig. 12-13

l-.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
12.3.7 Height of vertical shaft

& WARNING
If the height of the vertical height is out of the standard limits (Table 12-6), re-check the vertical
shaft system to locate the cause. If the cause cannot be located, do not operate the machine but
contact our company or service agency.

After installation of the vertical shaft, the standard height shown in Fig. 12-14 should be as shown in
Table 12-6.

Table 12-6
SJ20G/GH SJ50G/GH SJ100G/GH
Model No. SJ10G/GH SJ70G/GH SJ150G/GH
SJ30G/GH SJ60G/GH SJ120G/GH
Dimension A 68±1 .0 70± 1.0 99±1.0 104±1.0 133.5± 1.0 146.5±1 .0
Dimension B 29.5±1 .0 29.5±1 .0 64± 1.0 64±1 .0 70±1 .0 70±1 .0
(mm)

Fig. 12-14

12.3.8 Installed height of flat spring (adjustment of spacer)

When the parts like the lower spring retainer, bearing case,
steel ball and flat spring have been replaced , or when the Vertical shaft
height of the installation of flat spring (dimension A of Fig.
12-15) has come off from the range in Table 12-7 even when
not exchanging it, the compression power of flat spring is
adjusted by using spacers(1) (0 .5or1 .0mm) of preliminary
goods.

Table 12-7
Model No. SJ10G-SJ150G
Bearing housing (1)
Dimension A 0.5-1 .0 Bearing case (1 )

Fig. 12-15

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 12-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
13 Periodic inspection chart

& CAUTION
For the sake of safety, perform periodic inspection according to the following chart, repair or
replace a defective part. (Inspection service)

The chart describes the parts to check, the details to check for, and the check intervals (longest).
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for (months) Corrective Remarks Check
Every Every Every action mark
3 6 12
Frame, Cover
Inside of frame Deposited sludge,
Contamination
0 0
Operating water Deposited sludge,
drain outlet Contamination
0 0
Oil gauge Contamination 0 0
Foundation bolt Looseness 0 0
Impeller Contamination,
Contact damage, 0
Deformation,
0
Corrosion
Inside of frame Contamination
gear case
0 0
Sludge pipe Deteriorated rubber 0 0
Upper hood & Damage,
Lower hood 0 ring Wear, Hardened
0 0
Rubber plate Sagging 0 0
Brake lining Wear 0 0

NOTE
Be sure to check the frame and cover not only at the intervals specified in the chart but also
when the bowl is opened.

& CAUTION
If the gear case plug ( C/J2mm) is blockaded, the bearing of the vertical shaft is damaged.

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 13-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for (months) Corrective Remarks Check
Every Every Every action mark
3 6 12
Bowl
0 Whole of Deposited sludge, Refer to
inside of bowl Corrosion 0 12.2.1 0
12.2.2
0 Disc
Whole Deposited sludge,
Corrosion, Cracks, 0
Refer to
0
Deformation
12.2.3
Aperture piece Loss 0 0
No. of discs Height of discs 0 0
0 Bowl body
Sludge outlet port Corrosion, Wear 0 0
0 ring groove Damage 0 0
Operating water Clogging
Passage
0 0
Bowl bush fitting Damage, Scoring, Refer to
Portion Fit, Wear
0 12.2.4
0
Main cylinder Damage
sliding 0 0
Portion
Knock pin Deformation 0 0
0 Bowl nut
Threaded portion Damage, Coring 0 0
Bowl fitting portion Damage 0 Refer to 0
Groove Contamination, 12.2.4
Clogging
0 0
0 Bowl hood
Bowl nut fitting Bowl body fitting
Portion portion
0 0
Bowl body fitting Damage
portion
0 0
Threaded portion Scoring 0 0
Light liquid Damage Refer to
chamber 0 12.2.5 0
fitting portion
0 ring groove !nation Damage,
Contam
0 0
Knock pin groove Damage,
Deformation
0 0

.JusELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 13-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for (months) Corrective Remarks Check
action mark
Every Every Every
3 6 12
Bowl
0 Main seal ring
Seal surface Damage,
Deterioration
0
Refer to
D
Seal surface Deformation 12.2.6
dimension
0 D
Distributor
Keyway Deformation 0 D
Refer to
Threaded portion Damage 0
12.2.7
D
Knock pin Deformation 0 D
Various types of Deterioration, Refer to
0 rings of bowl Cracks, Wear
0
12.2.8
D
Main cylinder
Main seal ring seal Damage, Wear,
surface Corrosion
0 D
Refer to
Bowl body sliding Damage, Wear,
portion Peeled plating
0 12.2.9 D
0 ring groove Contamination 0 D
Pilot valve
Bowl body sliding Damage
portion
0 D
Valve sheet seat Damage,
Refer to
surface Deformation,
12.2.10
Foreign 0 D
substances
caught
Light liquid Contamination,
chamber Worn threaded
portion,
0 D
Corrosion
Heavy liquid Contamination,
chamber Corrosion, Cracks
0 D
Gravity disc Contamination,
Corrosion, Cracks
0 D
Bowl bush Contact with bowl 0 D
Drain nozzle Clogging 0 D

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 13-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for (months) Corrective Remarks Check
Every Every Every action mark
3 6 12
Vertical Shaft
• Vertical shaft
Upper portion Corrosion, Wear
(above bearing (1 ))
0 D
Bowl bushing fitting Damage,
portion Corrosion, Fit
0 D
Threaded portion Damage 0 Refer to D
Bearing fitting Wear 12.3.1
portion
0 D
Pinion tooth surface Wear 0 D
Whole of shaft Center runout Overhaul
0
interval
D
Shaft height Assembled Refer to
Dimension
0
12.3.7
D
•WholeUpper spring Broken, Cracks 0 Refer to D
Dimension Free length 0 12.3.2 D
• Bearing cover Damage,
(1) Contamination, 0 D
Corrosion
•WholeBearing case (1) Damage, Scoring,
Wear
0 D
Dimension Free length 0 D
•WholeFlat spring Broken, Cracks 0 Refer to D
Dimension Spring height 0 12.3.4 D
• Installed height Assembled
of flat spring Dimension
0
Refer to
12.3.8
D
•WholeBearing case (2) Damage, Scoring,
Wear
0 D
Dimension Free length 0 D
•WholeBearing case (3) Damage, Scoring,
Wear
0 D
Dimension Free length 0 D
• Steel ball Deformation,
Grooved damage
0
Refer to
12.3.5
D

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 13-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for (months) Corrective Remarks Check
Every Every Every action mark
3 6 12
Vertical Shaft
0 Lower spring
Whole Broken, Cracks 0 Refer to D
Dimension Spring height 0 12.3.6 D
0 Spring seat Wear 0 D
0 Bearing block Assembled Refer to
(2) dimension
0
12.3.3
D
0 Bearing Noise, sticking,
corrosion
0 D
Horizontal Shaft
0 Horizontal shaft
Threaded portion Damage 0 D
Bearing fitting Wear
portion
0 Refer to D
12.4.2
Keyway Wear 0 D
Safety joint groove Wear, Deformation 0 D
0 Spiral gear Wear, Burr Refer to
0
12.4.1
D
0 Collar Wear Refer to
0
12.4.3
D
0 Friction clutch Wear Refer to
0
12.4.4
D
0 Friction pulley Wear Refer to
0
12.4.5
D
0 Oil seal Leakage 0 D
0 Bearing housing (3)
Bearing fitting Wear
portion
0 D
0 Bearing housing (4)
Bearing fitting Wear 0
portion
D
0 Bearing Noise, sticking, 0
corrosion
D

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 13-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
Check intervals
Parts to check Details to check for (months) Corrective Remarks Check
Every Every Every action mark
3 6 12
Water Su_QQ_I~ng_ Device
Operating water Contamination, Refer to 0
nozzle Clogged drilled 12.8
0
Operating water hole, Damage 0
chamber
0 ring Damage,
Deterioration, 0 0
Deformation
Gear Pump
Safety joint Damage Refer to
0
12.5.1
0
Bush Damage, Wear 0 Refer to 0
Gear tooth surface Damage, Wear 0 12.5.2 0
Drive gear, Wear 0
Oil seal contact 0 0
surface
Valve stem Operating pressure Refer to
0
12.5.3
0
Solenoid Valve
Diaphragm Deterioration,
Deformation,
Broken,
0 0
Contamination
Inside of valve Deposited scale,
Damage
0 0
Seal part Leakage 0 0
Reducing Valve
Diaphragm Deterioration,
Deformation, 0 0
Broken
Inside of valve, Deposited scale,
Sheet surface Damage
0 0
Seal part Leakage 0 0
Pressure gauge Pressure indication 0 0
Strainer Contamination,
Clogging
0 0
Multi-Monitor
Function Alarm check Refer to
0 12.9.1 0
12.9.2

,,.,,'

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 13-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14 Causes of troubles and corrective steps

& WARNING
Before performing opening checks, check to ensure that the SELFJECTOR has come to a
complete stop. Whether the SELFJECTOR has come to a stop can be checked by watching the
safety joint section at the horizontal shaft gear pump side or the fan of the motor.
If the Discharge Monitor is provided, the stop of the SELFJECTOR can be known as well from the
illumination of LED (green) on top of the Multi-Monitor.

& CAUTION
When an alarm occurs, perform checks and remove the cause of the alarm before re-starting the
machine.

14.1 Alarms

14.1.1 Types of alarms


Table 14-1
Automated type
GBC-1 Manual Multi-Monitor for function
GSH-1 GAP-11
GBC-2
Oil leakage 0 0 0 0 Leakage Monitor (LM)
No opening of bowl t::. 0 Discharge Detector (DD)
Hidens alarm 0 Water Detector (WD)
.6. : option
o Oil leakage
When the SELFJECTOR fails to operation and causes either of the following phenomena, it regards the
phenomenon as "Oil leakage" and outputs an alarm.
(1) The treatment liquid (oil) flows out from the heavy liquid side.
(2) The treatment liquid (oil) flows out form the sludge outlet because of insufficient sealing of the
main cylinder of the bowl.

o No opening bowl
Despite that the "discharge sludge" procedures were performed, no sludge has been actually discharged.
The SELFJECTOR regards it as a No opening bowl and outputs an alarm.

o Hidens alarm
The HIDENS (GSH-1 specification) version provided with circulation line and pressure sensor
produces a "WATER ABNORMALLY COLLECTED" signal in the case where a certain quantity of
separated water is frequently collected in the bowl with repeated issue of a discharge command.

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-1 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.1.2 Alarm indications

Check the LEOs on the


operational indication panel.
0

SET MAUll

ON
MON OPT

~~
(REG) TIM CNT

CLR ENT

D D D D DD D
ON Alarm number
(ALM No.)

ALM No. Types of aiarm


01 Oil leakage
(LEAK)

02 No opening bowl
(NO-DIS)

03 Hidens aiarm
(HI-AL)

GSH-1

Fig. 14-1

.*...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-2 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
0 0 0 0

ON

..
"'"'
SOURCE
""
~~~

0 0

DDDDDDD
GBC-1 GBC-2

Oil leakage (LEAK) No opening bowl (NO-DIS)

No.1
hi o AUTO. RUN
0
llltr ~.lrl
o FEEDING
-+----c>!<DI<DK o ALARM
AUTC
STOF
....
PJ"ifiHiil P11l~t

No.2
o AUTO. RUN
Di:tHilirn:
o FEEDING
-+

Q II: I S[lf.iECTJ~ S'il •:;O:>ING

Fig. 14-2

GBC-1, GBC-2

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-3 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
0 0

0
c::::::=::J
Oil leakage
u' u'
/
;!i;i
/
111lli
OIL FEEDING SOimCE
LEAKAGE

aa
;Ia! lU.
STOP
;Ia!
FEEDING
~@"00
OF

tllifi
SOURCE
FEEDING

~
0

MMll~
7.1'77-
N
a IIIII
1)-t?:·;~l'-

Ill FUNCTION ALARM


SWITOi RESET

c:=:::::J
D 0

GAP-11

Fig. 14-3

14.1.3 Processing sequence after occurrence of alarm


The processing sequence after occurrence of an alarm is shown in Fig. 14-4 for the GSH-1, GBC-1,
GBC-2 and Fig. 14-5 for the GAP-11.

Oil leakage ~~~o opening of I I Oil leakage I


Hidens alarm bowl
~
!substitution!

1
j Discharge j

Water solenoid valve ___, Closed Feed valve __, Circulation side

Feed valve ---> Circulation side Selfjector motor


continues operation.
Selfjector motor stopped
Fig. 14-5
Fig. 14-4

GSH-1, GBC-1, GBC-2 GAP-11

l.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-4 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.1.4 Self-diagnostic function of detectors Warning LED (red)

~
14.1.4.1 Pressure sensor for oil inlet
CD During the power supply of the Multi-Monitor is ON,
when the signal voltage from the pressure sensor for Error indication

oil inlet becomes excessive pressure (more than Error number

O.SMPa) or underestimated pressure (less than


-63kPa), the Multi-Monitor recognizes the sensor is
out of order, and shows the error (LM error). Multi-Monitor (MM)
At that time, the error LED (red) of the Multi-Monitor Error LED (red)

is turned on for about 2 seconds, and [Err] and


<JD <JD
[blank] are displayed on the upper side and lower
side of the 7-segment LED display respectively.
This [Err] is never cleared as far as the power supply Fig. 14-6
isn't turned off.
(2) At the state of CD, the power supply of the Multi-Monitor is OFF and ON again, in case that the signal
voltage from the pressure sensor for oil inlet is underestimated pressure (less than -63kPa), [----] is
displayed on the upper ?-segment LED display. In this case, though the flow rate can't be displayed,
the SELFJECTOR can be run. After running, when the pressure signal comes back in the appropriate
range, the flow rate is displayed again.
@ If these sensors are out of order, they need to be replaced with new ones.
When the SELFJECTOR is run provisionally until the sensors are replaced with new ones, take off
the wiring of "green cable" (Terminal No. 10 in MM1, No. 16 in MM2 and MM3) in the Multi-Monitor.
At the state of the sensor's wiring taken off, [----]is displayed on the ?-segment LED display

14.1.4.2 Pressure sensor for oil outlet


CD During the power supply of the Multi-Monitor is ON, when the signal voltage from the pressure sensor
for oil outlet becomes excessive pressure (more than O.SMPa) or underestimated pressure (less than
-63kPa), the Multi-Monitor recognizes the sensor is out of order, and shows the error (LM error).
At that time, the error LED (red) of the Multi-Monitor is turned on for about 2 seconds, and [Err] and
[1] are displayed on the upper side and lower side of the 7-segment LED display respectively.
This [Err] is never cleared as far as the power supply isn't turned off.
(2) At the state of CD, the power supply of the Multi-Monitor is OFF and ON again, in case that the signal
voltage from the pressure sensor for oil inlet is underestimated pressure (less than -63kPa), [----] is
displayed on the upper ?-segment LED display when the pressure sensor for oil outlet is displayed
there. In this case, though the light liquid exit pressure can't be displayed and LM error can't function,
the SELFJECTOR can be run. After running, when the pressure sensor for oil outlet signal comes
back in the appropriate range, the pressure sensor for oil outlet is displayed again.
@ If these sensors are out of order, they need to be replaced with new ones.
When the SELFJECTOR is run provisionally until the sensors are replaced with new ones, take off
the wiring of "yellow cable" (Terminal No. 13 in MM1, No. 19 in MM2 and MM3) in the Multi-Monitor.
At the state of the sensor's wiring taken off, [----]is displayed on the ?-segment LED display

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-5 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.1.4.3 Temperature sensor
At the state of that the wiring of the temperature sensor is disconnected, [----] is displayed on the
lower 7 -segment LED display when the dirty oil's temperature is displayed there. In this case, though
the dirty oil's temperature can't be displayed, the SELFJECTOR can be run.

14.1.4.4 Revolution sensor (equipped in MM2 and MM3)


As a self-diagnostic function, the warning LED (red) on top of the Multi-Monitor is illuminated when:
CD The SELFJECTOR speed output exceeds 2500 rpm
(where a circuit failure is suspected, for example)
® The proximity switch input signal is unstable
(where the switch may be out of position, for example).
Correct its position. This LED goes out as soon as its input signal has been stabilized.
Unlike the Leakage Monitor, no alarm signal is delivered when the LED lights.
(When adjusting and confirming the position of the proximity switch, refer to section 5.1.2

NOTE
When the SELFJECTOR is in the process of being started or stopped, the Trouble display LED
may temporarily come on, but this should not be taken to mean that the Multi-Monitor is out of
order.

14.1.4.5 Pressure sensor for circulation flow (equipped in MM3)


CD During the power supply of the Multi-Monitor is ON, when the signal voltage from the pressure sensor
for circulation flow becomes excessive pressure (more than 0.5MPa) or underestimated pressure
(less than -63kPa), the Multi-Monitor recognizes the sensor is out of order, and shows the error (LM
error).
At that time, the error LED (red) of the Multi-Monitor is turned on for about 2 seconds, and [Err] and
[2] are displayed on the upper side and lower side of the ?-segment LED display respectively.
This [Err] is never cleared as far as the power supply isn't turned off.
® At the state of (1 ), the power supply of the Multi-Monitor is OFF and ON again, in case that the signal
voltage from the pressure sensor is underestimated pressure (less than -63kPa), [----] is displayed on
the lower 7 -segment LED display when the light liquid exit pressure is displayed there.
In this case, though the circuit line pressure can't be displayed and WD can't function, the
SELFJECTOR can be run. After running, when the circuit line pressure signal comes back in the
appropriate range, the light liquid exit pressure is displayed again.
Q) If these sensors are out of order, they need to be replaced with new ones.
When the SELFJECTOR is run provisionally until the sensors are replaced with new ones, take off
the wiring of "orange cable" (Terminal No. 22) in the Multi-Monitor.
At the state of the sensor's wiring taken off, [----] is displayed on the 7-segment LED display .

.\..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-6 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.2 Occurrence of oil leakage
(The oil flows out from the sludge outlet or heavy liquid outlet.)

14 2 1 Check the flow rates of va ve c osm ~ operating water and sealing water.
o Remove the joint (SV2) connecting tube The pressure to set for the water pressure reducing
valve is 0.3MPa.
and place the manual handle of the
Flow rate of bowl closing valve
solenoid valve in the "OPENED" position SJ1 OG _ 70G : 1.5 _ 2 Lfmin
and measure the flow rate of valve SJ100G- 150G: 3.5-4 Llmin
closing operating water. o When the water flow rate is low, clean the
strainer, nozzle joint and piping line.
(Fig. 14-7,Fig. 14-8)
o Extend the time of the valve closing operating
water timer. (Set with interval timer)
0 Check the flow rate of sealing water For flow rate, see Table 6-1 0.
Flow velocity
(SV3): Automatic specification
SJ1 OG- 30G : Approx. 8 Lim in.
Disconnect the sealing water tube, place SJ50G - 70G : Approx. 12 Llmin.
the manual handle of the solenoid valve in SJ100G, 120G: Approx. 16 L!min.
the "OPENED" position, and measure the SJ150G : Approx. 18 Llmin.
flow rate of sealing water. o When the flow rate is low, clean the piping line.
o Adjust the sealing water timer in keeping with the
(Fig. 14-7,Fig. 14-8) flow rate of sealing water.
(Refer to Section 6.5 .)
* Dynamic pressure (A state where water is flowing)

Fig. 14-7 Fig. 14-8

GBC-1, GBC-2 GSH-1

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-7 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14 2 2 Ch ec ks t o pe rform b>y d"1sassem bl"m g b ow
• Check that there are no scratches on the
sheet surface of the main seal ring. (Fig.
If the seal surface is galled by metallic powder more
than 60% of its length, replace the main seal ring.
14-9-5)
• Check that there are no scratches on the
0 ring of the valve case. (Fig. 14-9-6)
If there is a flaw, replace the 0 ring with a new one.

• Check that there are no scratches on the


valve sheet. (Fig. 14-9-7)
If there is a flaw, replace the valve sheet with a new
one.

• Check the pilot valve


contamination and operation.
has no Thoroughly clean the pilot valve. Set it in the valve
case and check whether it can be operated by hand.
(Fig. 14-9-8)

• Check the drain nozzle is not blocked.


(Fig. 14-9-9)
Clean .

• Check that there are no scratches on the


sheet surface of the main cylinder. (Fig.
If there is a fine scratch, repair it with an oil stone.
(Refer to Section 12.2.9 .)
14-9-10) (The main cylinder for C heavy oil has a special
coating. If there is a flaw, replace the main cylinder
with a new one.)

• Check all the 0 rings are elasticity, and


have no scratches or loss of elasticity.
Replace if defective .

(Particularly the 0 ring on the outside of


the main cylinder) (Fig. 14-9-11)

• Check the diameter of the gravity disc.


(Fig. 14-9-12)
Use a gravity disc suitable the density of the oil.
Check whether the oil temperature and the oil feeding
rate are appropriate. (Refer to the Section 6.4 .)

14 2 3 I . d eVICe
Ch ec ks t o pe rform b1y d"1sassem bl"m g wat er supp1ymg .

• Check the drilled hole supplying device is


not blocked.
Clean.

(Fig. 14-10-18)

• Check the 0 ring is elasticity, and has no


scratches. (Fig. 14-10-19)
Replace if defective .

• Check for water leakage


operating water Teflon tube.
from the Re-tighten the cap nut of the joint.
Replace the Teflon tube with a new one.
(Fig. 14-10-20)

14.2.4 Other
• Check are elasticity, and have no Replace if defective.
scratches the 0 rings of the upper and
lower hood.

'
ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-8 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
15

13
5
10
11
6

7
8

9 16
Fig. 14-9

Vertical 20
shaft
u
p

Fig. 14-10

J..sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-9 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.3 Occurrence of abnormal vibration

14.3.1 Check for unbalance in the bowl.


• Isn't there an unevenly accumulated sludge in
the bowl?
Clean the inside of the bowl.
Adjust the discharge intervals properly.
(Fig. 14-9-13) (Refer to the Section 6.6 .)
Check for low valve opening operating water
pressure. (0.3-0.SMPa)
• Aren't the discs insufficient because of the
seating phenomenon?
Add if insufficient.
(Refer to the Section 10.2.1 .)
(Fig. 14-9-14)

• Have you replaced the major parts of the bowl


(the bowl body, bowl hood, distributor, main
Balance adjustment is necessary .
(Contact our company or service agency.)
cylinder, heavy liquid chamber or light liquid
chamber)?
• Aren't the tally marks of the bowl nut, light
liquid chamber and heavy liquid chamber out
Reassemble them with their tally marks in
alignment with the tally marks of the bowl
of alignment? (Fig. 14-9-15) body. (Refer to the Section 10.2 .)
• (Fig.
Is the bowl bush in good contact?
14-9-16)
If there is a fine scratch, repair or replace .
(Refer to the Section 12.2.4 .)

14.3.2 Checking for defects in vertical shaft system


• Check the upper spring, lower spring and flat Measure the dimensions. If they are out of the
spring are not deformed. (Fig. 14-11-21) specified values, replace.
(Refer to Table 12-2, Table 12-4, Table 12-5.)
• Check the bearing is not wore. (Fig. 14-11-
22)
Replace if defective .

• Check the vertical shaft and bearing case Replace if defective.


fitting portions are not wore. (Fig. 14-11-23)

• Check the portions where the steel ball makes Replace if defective.
contact with the ball bearing, and the spring
seat and steel ball are not wore and deformed.
(Fig. 14-11-24)

14..
33 Ch ec k"mg f or d ef ect s .m h onzon
. t aI s h aft sys t em
• Check the bearing is not wore. (Fig. 14-12- Replace if defective .
27)
• Checks the wearing of the friction clutches are Replace if defective.
not uneven. (Refer to the Section 12.4.4 )
(Fig. 14-12-28)

• Are the quantity and position of friction


clutches correct? (Fig. 14-12-28)
Correct if incorrect.
(Refer to Table 10-2 Horizontal Shaft Parts
List.)

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-1 0 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
2

23

21

Fig. 14-11

28 27 29

Fig. 14-12

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-11 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
144 Does not d"1sch arge s I u d1ge even 1
"f d"1sc harge proced ures are pe orme d
• Check the solenoid valve (SV1) works Replace defective parts.
appropriately. (Fig. 14-7,Fig. 14-8)
Check the solenoid valve for partial discharge
(SV9) works appropriately. (Fig. 14-8)

• Check the 0 ring (inner side) on the sliding


contact part of the bowl's main cylinder is good.
Replace if there is evidence of sludge having
entered under the main cylinder at the lower
water pressure chamber below.
• Check the
appropriately.
main sealing is installed Replace if its surface protrudes more than 1 mm
from the groove. (Refer to Section 12.2.6 )
• Check the strainer of the operating water piping
is not blocked. (Fig. 14-7, Fig. 14-8)
Clean .

• Check the 0 ring of the water supplying device


for defective sealing. (Fig. 14-10-19)
Replace if defective .

• Check the pilot


contaminated. (Fig. 14-9-17)
valve assembly is not Clean.

• Check the 0 ring is not defective sealing . Replace if defective.


• Check
pressure.
is not decreased operating water 0.3-0.SMPa

14.5 Mixed flow of water toward light liquid outlet

• Aren't the sealing water and substitution water


flow rates excessive?
Measure the flow rates of sealing water and
substitution water. If they are in excess of the
specified flow rates, adjust the timers.
(Refer to the Section 6.5 .)

• Is the diameter of the gravity disc appropriate?


(Fig. 14-9-12)
Use a gravity disc suitable for the properties of
the oil. (Refer to the Section 6.4 .)

• Check the solenoid valve (SV3) is not defective


sealing.(Fig. 14-7, Fig. 14-8)
Replace defective parts.

• Is the sludge discharged? Corrective steps in Section 14.4

• Check the heavy liquid outlet of the bowl is not


blocked.
Clean.

14 6 Low feeding rate or not fed at all

• Check the gear pump's capacity is not reduced . Disassemble and check. Replace defective
parts.

• Isn't the suction capacity of the gear pump


exceeded?
Suction pressure -4m.

• Isn't the suction piping of the pump too thin? Use a piping diameter suitable for the flow rate.

• Isn't the air absorbed at an intermediate point of


the suction piping?
Check and re-tighten the joint.

• Isn't the strainer at the inlet side clogged? Clean .


Isn't the safety joint broken? (Fig. 14-12-29) Replace.

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-12 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14 7 Gear oil mixed with water
0 Isn't the operating water drain pipe clogged? Clean.
0 Isn't the operating water supplied when the Check the solenoid valve and replace defective
SELFJECTOR is in the stopped state? parts.
Note) Keep the source valve closed.
0 Check the 0 ring of the bearing housing (1) is Replace if defective.
not defective sealing. (Fig. 14-11-25)
0 Check the 0 ring of the bearing cap is not Replace if defective.
defective sealing. (Fig. 14-11-26)
0 Check the ventilator hole (<l>2mm) of plug for Clean.
Gear cover is not blockad.

14.8 Poor separation


0 Isn't the treatment temperature low? Adjust to the proper temperature.
(Refer to the Table 6-4.)
0 Isn't the inside diameter of the gravity disc too Replace the gravity disc with an appropriate
small? (Fig. 14-9-12) one. (Refer to Table 6-8.)
0 Isn't the treatment quantity too large? Adjust the treatment quantity properly.
(Refer to Table 6-3.)
0 Isn't the speed low? Check the power transmission system, including
the friction clutch.
0 Aren't the discs clogged with sludge? Clean.
(Fig. 14-9-14)

14.9 Low speed


0 Check the friction clutch is not wore. Replace.
(Fig. 14-12-28)
0 Is the bowl valve closed? Disassemble and check the bowl.
Check the valve opening and closing operating
water system.
0 Motor is out of order. Check and repair.

14.10 Sludge unevenly accumulated in bowl


0 Aren't the sludge discharge intervals too long? Shorten the discharge intervals.
(Refer to the Section 6.6 .)
0 Isn't the valve opening operating water pressure Adjust the valve opening operating water
low? pressure to more than 0.3MPa. Clean the
strainer.
0 Are both of the pilot valves performing well? Check and clean the pilot valves.
(Fig. 14-9-8)
0 Check the drain nozzle is not blocked. Check and clean the drain nozzle.
(Fig. 14-9-9)

~SELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-13 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
1411 M"IXedfl owof 01"Itowardh eavy r1qU1·d ou tl et
• Isn't the inside diameter of the gravity disc too
large? (Fig. 14-9-12)
Replace the gravity disc with an appropriate
,I
one. _(_Refer to the Section 6.4 .}
• Isn't the flow rate of sealing water low? Clean the strainer. Measure the flow rate of
sealing water and adjust the timer.
• Isn't there leakage from the 0 ring of the light
liquid chamber. (Fig. 14-9-31)
Replace the 0 ring .

14.12 Accessories

14.12.1 Solenoid valve unit for the operating water

14 12..
11 Low flow rate
• Check the operating water piping is not blocked . Flush the piping.

• Check the strainer is not blocked .


(Fig. 14-7, Fig. 14-8)
Clean.

14.12.2 Solenoid valve for water

14.12.2.1 k
Lea<y
• Isn't the diaphragm broken? Replace if defective.

• Check the valve sheet surface


scratches, or catch foreign substance.
has no Check and clean. Replace if defective.

14 12..
22 Does not operate (Does not open the valve )

• Isn't there a defect in electric wiring? Check the wirin..9.:


• Isn't the coil damaged by heat? Replace if defective.

14.12.3 Feed valve

14 12 ..
31 Valve does not switch over

• Isn't the supply of compressed air insufficient? Check the three-way solenoid valve.

• Isn't the air pressure low? Adjust the air pressure properly.
(0.5-0.9MPa)

• Isn't there air leakage? Check the 0 ring of the piston assembly.
Re_Qiace if defective.

14.12.3.2 Leaky
• Check the valve sheet or disc is not damaged. Check. Replace defective parts.

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-14 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.12.4 Leakage Monitor function (LM) of Multi-Monitor
[Refer to the Section 7.2 .]

14 12 ..
41 Incorrect alarm is generated
0 Isn't the discharge pressure lower than the Adjust the discharge pressure to the set
alarm pressure? pressure.
0 Isn't the feeding timer too short? Adjust the feeding timer.
(Normally 30-60 sec.)
0 Isn't the fluctuation timer too short? Adjust the fluctuation timer.
(Normally 10-20 sec.)
0 Aren't there large fluctuations in discharge Adjust as follows.
pressure? Back pressure : ± 0.01MPa
Oil temperature : ± 5 °C
Flow rate: ± 5%
0 Isn't the trigger range (!:. P) too short? Adjust the range. (Normally 0.02-0.03 MPa)
0 Is the minimum pressure optimal? Adjust the minimum pressure.

& CAUTION
When adjusting the light liquid outlet pressure beyond the leakage trigger level (!:. P), be sure to
follow the procedure below. Failure to follow could result in an erroneous alarm being issued.
The same applies when the light liquid outlet pressure varies due to improper flow rate
adjustment.
(1) Change the position of the MM function switch on the control panel from ON to OFF.
(2) Accomplish pressure and flow rate adjustments.
(3) Return the MM function switch on the control panel to the ON position. (In approximately 30 to
40 seconds, the flow LED on the Multi-Monitor is activated.)
Note) For manual versions, the above description reads "alarm panel" or "starter" for "control panel."

141242
. . No a arm IS t t.
outpu
0 Isn't there a defect in the electrical wiring to the Check the wiring.
control panel?
0 Isn't the "Feeding" signal line open-circuited? Check the wirinq.
0 Is the MM function switch in the right position? Set to ON.
0 Is the LM alarm output switch in the right Set to ON.
position?

14.12.4.3 Alarm output durin discharge process


o Board is out of order.

14.12.4.4 Error/reco nition number is dis


o Pressure sensor faulty

lu.sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-15 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14 12 ..
45 Does not opera te w hen th e power sw1 c 1s sett 0 ON

• Power to the control panel is off. Turn on power .

• Fuse in the control panel blown . Check and replace fuse.


• The power switch or circuit board faulty. Replace the Multi-Monitor.

Warning LED(red)

'\
Error indication
Error number

Error LED(red)
<lD

Fig. 14-13

ASELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-16 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.12.5 Discharge Detector function (DO) of Multi-Monitor
[Refer to the Section 7.3 .]

14.12.5.1 Incorrect alarm is generated.


• Is the proximity switch mounted at the right Adjust the mounting position. (The normal
position? proximity switch-to-horizontal shaft clearance is
0.5~1.0mm)

14.12. 5.2 Trouble display LED "Trouble" lights.


• Is the proximity switch mounted at the right Adjust the mounting position.
position? (Fig. 14-14) Replace the proximity switch or the
• The proximity switch or PC board faulty. Multi-Monitor.

14.12.5.3 Alarm is output during discharge process.


• The proximity switch or PC board faulty. Replace the proximity switch or the
Multi-Monitor.

14.12 ..
54 . h.1s set to ON
Does not operate w hen t he power sw1tc
• Power to the control panel is off. Turn on power .

• Fuse in the control panel blown (Fig. 14-14) Check and replace the fuse .

14.12.5.5 Alarm is not output.


• Is discharge signal received? Check wiring.
• Is the DD alarm output switch in the right
position?
Set to ON.

Warning LED(red)

~
Error indication
Error number

Error LED(red)
ClD

Fig. 14-14

J...sELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-17 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.12.6 Water Detector function (WD) of Multi-Monitor
[Refer to the Section 7.4 ]

14.12.6.1 Alarm is frequent.(GSH-1)


• Is pressure in the circulation line is below the Apply a back pressure of 0.1 MPa.
alarm level? ; isn't back pressure applied?

141262
. . ncorrect a Iarm IS generated.

• Isn't discharge pressure below the alarm level? Adjust the discharge side pressure to the preset
level.

• Isn't setting on the delay timer too short? Adjust the timer (Normally 30 to 60 sec.).
• Isn't setting on the hold timer too short? Adjust the timer (Normally 1o to 20 sec.).

• Isn't the trigger range ( 11 W) too short? Adjust the range. (Normally 0.04 to 0.06 MPa.).

• Is the minimum pressure optimal? Adjust the minimum pressure .. (Normally 0.02
to 0.03 MPa.).

& CAUTION
When adjusting the circulation line pressure beyond the water trigger level ( L1 ~. follow the
procedure below. Failure to follow could result an incorrect alarm being generated.
(1) Change the position of the Multi-Monitor function switch on the control panel from ON to OFF.
(2) Accomplish pressure adjustment.
(3) Return the Multi-Monitor function switch on the control panel to ON. (In approximately 20 to
30 seconds, the flow rate LED on the Multi-Monitor is activated.)

14.1 2 .6 .3 N0 a arm IS t t.
OUlpU

• Isn't there any defect in the electrical wiring to . Check the wiring.
the automatic control panel?

• Isn't the Feeding signal line open-circuited? Check the wiring.

• Is the Multi-Monitor function switch in the right


position?
Set to ON.

• Is the water detection switch in the right


position?
Set to ON.

14.12.6.4


14.12.6.5 Error/recognition number is dis
• Pressure sensor fault

.+...sELFJECTOR .Instruction Manual 14-18 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
14.12.6.6 Does not operate when the power switch is set to ON.
0 Power to the control panel is off. Switch on power.
0 Fuse in the control panel blown. Check and replace the fuse.
0 The power switch or circuit board faulty. Replace the Multi-Monitor.

Note
For "Cause of Troubles and Corrective Steps" on the automatic control panel, refer to the
Operation Manual 3A - 38.

Warning LED(red)

Error indication
Error number

Multi-Monitor(MM)
Error LED(red)
ClD

Fig. 14-15

AsELFJECTOR Instruction Manual 14-19 Operation & Maintenance Manual Section3 Maintenance
MITSUBISHI SELEJECTOR • GENIUS-SERIES
Operation & Maintenance Manual
SJ1 OG/GH SJ1 OOG/GH
SJ20G/GH SJ120G/GH
SJ30G/GH SJ150G/GH
SJ50G/GH
SJ60G/GH
SJ?OG/GH

Date of Issue Sep.1.2000


1st Revision Feb.1.2011
2nd Revision Sep.1.2011
3rd Revision Jan.1.2013

MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA, LTD.


MACHINERY DESIGN DEPARTMENT II

2-1 OHKAWA-CHO KAWASAKI-KU KAWASAKI


210-8560 JAPAN

http://www.kakoki.eo.jp/

You might also like